summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/README9
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/expl3.pdfbin615923 -> 615780 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/interface3.pdfbin0 -> 1108029 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/interface3.tex89
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.pdfbin0 -> 266158 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.tex174
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.pdfbin0 -> 185448 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.tex73
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.pdfbin2632214 -> 2632286 bytes
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.tex106
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3body.tex392
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/l3kernel/l3doc.ist72
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/expl3.dtx18
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3.ins68
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx41
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3box.dtx21
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx18
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.dtx1983
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.dtx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3file.dtx7
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3format.ins72
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx22
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3int.dtx18
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3io.dtx8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx729
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keyval.dtx405
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3luatex.dtx3
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx39
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.dtx174
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.dtx26
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx33
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.dtx22
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx100
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3token.dtx134
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3toks.dtx4
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/expl3.sty8
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.sty2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3box.sty2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.sty2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.sty988
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.cls22
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3file.sty2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.sty2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3int.sty2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3io.sty2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.sty245
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3keyval.sty177
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3luatex.sty2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.sty2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.sty44
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.sty2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.sty2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.sty2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.sty2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3token.sty2
-rw-r--r--Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3toks.sty2
56 files changed, 5104 insertions, 1303 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/README b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/README
index 9281d08f4c1..86bd894c7bc 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/README
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/README
@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
+An Experimental LaTeX3 Programming Convention
+=============================================
- An Experimental LaTeX3 Programming Convention
- =============================================
-
- 2011/05/10
+ 2011/08/22
WHERE TO GET IT
@@ -85,5 +84,5 @@ discussion should be directed to the LaTeX-L lists.
=====================================================================
---- Copyright 1998-2011 The LaTeX3 Project. All rights reserved ---
+Copyright 1998-2011 The LaTeX3 Project. All rights reserved
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/expl3.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/expl3.pdf
index 33e0e3d0264..c069babd84f 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/expl3.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/expl3.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/interface3.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/interface3.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..0ef0de9cdc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/interface3.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/interface3.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/interface3.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..f4c4fa4e2bf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/interface3.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+%% File: interfaces3.tex Copyright (C) 1990-2011 The LaTeX3 Project
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
+%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
+%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
+%% of this license is in the file
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% This file is part of the "expl3 bundle" (The Work in LPPL)
+%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
+%%
+%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN.
+%%
+%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% The development version of the bundle can be found at
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/
+%%
+%% for those people who are interested.
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% NOTE: %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may
+%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask
+%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without
+%% prior consultation with the LaTeX3 Project.
+%%
+%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% \fi
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% This document will typeset the LaTeX3 interface descriptions a single
+% document. This will produce quite a large file (more than 170 pages
+% currently).
+%
+% There is also a full version of the sources (source3.tex) which additionally
+% also typesets the command implementations.
+%
+% Do not forget to generate the index (as explained on the terminal output
+% near the end of the run)!
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\documentclass{l3doc}
+\listfiles
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{The \LaTeX3 Interfaces}
+\author{%
+ The \LaTeX3 Project\thanks
+ {%
+ E-mail:
+ \href{mailto:latex-team@latex-project.org}
+ {latex-team@latex-project.org}%
+ }%
+}
+
+\pagenumbering{roman}
+\maketitle
+
+%
+% First load all modules and typeset the documentation parts
+%
+
+\input{source3body} % all the individual modules
+
+\clearpage
+
+\begingroup
+ \def\endash{--}
+ \catcode`\-\active
+ \def-{\futurelet\temp\indexdash}
+ \def\indexdash{\ifx\temp-\endash\fi}
+ \DelayPrintIndex
+\endgroup
+
+\end{document}
+
+
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..13d7af542b8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..b93ebe3fe79
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+\iffalse meta-comment
+
+File l3styleguide.tex Copyright (C) 2011 The LaTeX3 Project
+
+It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
+LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
+license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
+of this license is in the file
+
+ http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+
+This file is part of the "expl3 bundle" (The Work in LPPL)
+and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
+
+The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN.
+
+\fi
+
+\documentclass{l3doc}
+\usepackage{svn-multi}
+
+\svnid{$Id: l3styleguide.tex 2328 2011-05-08 07:01:23Z joseph $}
+\def\filedate{\svnfileyear/\svnfilemonth/\svnfileday}
+
+\title{%
+ The \LaTeX3 kernel: style guide for code authors%
+ \thanks
+ {%
+ This file describes v\svnfilerev,
+ last revised \filedate.
+ }%
+}
+\author{%
+ The \LaTeX3 Project\thanks
+ {%
+ E-mail:
+ \href{mailto:latex-team@latex-project.org}%
+ {latex-team@latex-project.org}%
+ }%
+}
+\date{Released \filedate}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+This document is intended as a style guide for authors of code and
+documentation for the \LaTeX3 kernel. It covers both aspects of coding
+style and the formatting of the sources. The aim of providing these
+guidelines is help ensure consistency of the code and sources from
+different authors. Experience suggests that in the long-term this helps
+with maintenance. There will of course be places where there are
+exceptions to these guidelines: common sense should always be
+applied!
+
+\section{Documentation style}
+
+\LaTeX3 source and documentation should be written using the document
+class \cls{l3doc} in \file{dtx} format. This class provides a number
+of logical mark up elements, which should be used where possible.
+In the main, this is standard \LaTeX{} practice, but there are a
+few points to highlight:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item
+ Where possible, use \cs{cs} to mark up control sequences
+ rather than using a verbatim environment.
+ \item
+ Arguments which are given in braces should be marked using
+ \cs{Arg} when code-level functions are discussed, but using
+ \cs{marg} for document functions.
+ \item
+ The names \TeX{}, \LaTeX{}, \emph{etc}.\ use the normal logical mark
+ up followed by an empty group (|{}|), with the exception of |\LaTeX3|,
+ where the number should follow directly.
+ \item
+ Where in line verbatim text is used, it should be marked up
+ using the \verb=|...|= construct (\emph{i.e.}~vertical bars delimit
+ the verbatim text).
+ \item In line quotes should be marked up using the \cs{enquote}
+ function.
+ \item
+ Where numbers in the source have a mathematical meaning,
+ they should be included in math mode. Such in-line math mode
+ material should be marked up using |$...$| and \emph{not}
+ |\(...\)|.
+\end{itemize}
+
+Line length in the source files should to be under $80$
+characters where possible, as this helps keep everything on the screen
+when editing files. In the \file{dtx} format, documentation lines start
+with a \texttt{\%}, which is usually followed by a space to leave a
+\enquote{comment margin} at the start of each line.
+
+As with code indenting (see later), nested environments and arguments
+should be indented by (at least) two spaces to make the nature of the nesting
+clear. Thus for example a typical arrangement for the \env{function}
+environment might be
+\begin{verbatim*}
+\begin{function}{\seq_gclear:N, \seq_gclear:c}
+ \begin{syntax}
+ \cs{seq_gclear:N} \meta{sequence}
+ \end{syntax}
+ Clears all entries from the \meta{sequence} globally.
+\end{function}
+\end{verbatim*}
+The \enquote{outer} \verb*|% \begin{function}| should have the customary
+space after the |%| character at the start of the line.
+
+In general, a single \env{function} or \env{macro} environment should be
+used for a group of closely-related functions, for example argument
+specification variants. In such cases, a comma-separated list should be
+used, as shown in the preceding example.
+
+\section{Format of the code itself}
+
+The requirement for less than $80$ characters per line applies to the code
+itself as well as the surrounding documentation. A number of the general
+style principals for \LaTeX3 code apply: these are described in the following
+paragraph and an example is then given.
+
+With the exception of simple runs of parameter (|{#1}|, |#1#2|,
+\emph{etc.}), everything should divided up using spaces to make the code
+more readable. In general, these will be single spaces, but in some
+places it makes more sense to align parts of the code to emphasise
+similarity. (Tabs should not be used for introducing white space.)
+
+Each conceptually-separate step in a function should be on a separate
+line, to make the meaning clearer. Hence the \texttt{false} branch
+in the example uses two lines for the two auxiliary function uses.
+
+Within the definition, a two-space indent should be used to show each
+\enquote{level} of code. Thus in the example \cs{tl_if_empty:nTF} is
+indented by two spaces, but the two branches are indented by four
+spaces. Within the \texttt{false} branch, the need for multiple lines
+means that an additional two-space indent should be used to show that
+these lines are all part of the brace group.
+
+The result of these lay-out conventions is code which will in general
+look like the example:
+\begin{verbatim*}
+\cs_new_nopar:Npn \module_foo:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \tl_if_empty:nTF {#1}
+ { \module_foo_aux:n { X #2 } }
+ {
+ \module_foo_aux:nn {#1} {#2}
+ \module_foo_aux:n {#1#2}
+ }
+ }
+\end{verbatim*}
+
+\section{Code conventions}
+
+When using \cs{cs_generate_variant:Nn}, group related variants together
+to make the pattern clearer. A common example is variants of a function
+which has an \texttt{N}-type first argument:
+\begin{verbatim*}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \foo:Nn { NV , No }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \foo:Nn { c , cV , co }
+\end{verbatim*}
+
+There are cases where omitting braces from \texttt{o}-type arguments
+is desirable for performance reasons. This should only be done if the
+argument is a single token, thus for example
+\begin{verbatim}
+\tl_set:No \l_some_tl \l_some_other_tl
+\end{verbatim}
+remains clear and can be used where appropriate.
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..48e130d080b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..8be4aa773d1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+\iffalse meta-comment
+
+File l3syntax-changes.tex Copyright (C) 2011 The LaTeX3 Project
+
+It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
+LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
+license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
+of this license is in the file
+
+ http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+
+This file is part of the "expl3 bundle" (The Work in LPPL)
+and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
+
+The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN.
+
+\fi
+
+\documentclass{l3doc}
+
+\usepackage{svn-multi}
+
+\svnid{$Id: l3syntax-changes.tex 2626 2011-08-18 19:22:19Z joseph $}
+\def\filedate{\svnfileyear/\svnfilemonth/\svnfileday}
+
+\title{%
+ Syntax changes in \LaTeX3 functions
+ \thanks
+ {%
+ This file describes v\svnfilerev,
+ last revised \filedate.
+ }%
+}
+\author{%
+ The \LaTeX3 Project\thanks
+ {%
+ E-mail:
+ \href{mailto:latex-team@latex-project.org}%
+ {latex-team@latex-project.org}%
+ }%
+}
+\date{Released \filedate}
+
+\newcommand{\TF}{\textit{(TF)}}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+This file lists functions whose syntax has changed after August 2011,
+with an approximate date.
+
+\section{August 2011}
+
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item \cs{tl_if_single:n\TF} recognized any non-zero number of
+ explicit spaces as \meta{true}, and did not ignore trailing spaces.
+ Now it is \meta{true} for
+ \[
+ \meta{optional spaces}
+ \meta{normal token or brace group}
+ \meta{optional spaces}.
+ \]
+ \item \cs{tl_reverse:n} stripped outer braces and lost unprotected spaces.
+ Now it keeps spaces, leaves unbraced single tokens unbraced, and
+ braced groups braced.
+ \item \cs{tl_trim_spaces:n} only removed one leading and trailing space.
+ Now removes recursively. Also, on the left it used to strip implicit
+ and explicit spaces with any character code. Now it strips only explicit
+ space characters $(32,10)$.
+ \end{itemize}
+
+\end{document} \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.pdf
index cf5bd891a30..1a2a6307e59 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.pdf
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..927e483cce9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+%% File: source3.tex Copyright (C) 1990-2011 The LaTeX3 Project
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
+%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
+%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
+%% of this license is in the file
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% This file is part of the "expl3 bundle" (The Work in LPPL)
+%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
+%%
+%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN.
+%%
+%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% The development version of the bundle can be found at
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/
+%%
+%% for those people who are interested.
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% NOTE: %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may
+%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask
+%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without
+%% prior consultation with the LaTeX3 Project.
+%%
+%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% \fi
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% This document will typeset the LaTeX3 sources as a single document.
+% This will produce quite a large file (more than 400 pages).
+%
+% There is also a shorter version (interface3.tex) that only typesets the
+% command % interface descriptions.
+%
+% Do not forget to generate the index (as explained on the terminal output
+% near the end of the run)!
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\documentclass{l3doc}
+\listfiles
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\title{The \LaTeX3 Sources}
+\author{%
+ The \LaTeX3 Project\thanks
+ {%
+ E-mail:
+ \href{mailto:latex-team@latex-project.org}
+ {latex-team@latex-project.org}%
+ }%
+}
+
+\pagenumbering{roman}
+\maketitle
+
+%
+% First load all modules and typeset the documentation parts
+%
+
+\input{source3body} % all the individual modules
+
+%
+% Now reload all modules and typeset the implementation parts
+%
+
+\part{Implementation}
+
+\def\maketitle{}
+\EnableImplementation
+\DisableDocumentation
+\DocInputAgain
+
+\clearpage
+\pagestyle{headings}
+
+% Make TeX shut up.
+\hbadness=10000
+\newcount\hbadness
+\hfuzz=\maxdimen
+
+\PrintChanges
+\clearpage
+
+\begingroup
+ \def\endash{--}
+ \catcode`\-\active
+ \def-{\futurelet\temp\indexdash}
+ \def\indexdash{\ifx\temp-\endash\fi}
+
+ \DelayPrintIndex
+\endgroup
+
+\end{document} \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3body.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3body.tex
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..1caee5bd0e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3body.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,392 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+%% File: source3body.tex Copyright (C) 1990-2011 The LaTeX3 Project
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
+%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
+%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
+%% of this license is in the file
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% This file is part of the "expl3 bundle" (The Work in LPPL)
+%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
+%%
+%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN.
+%%
+%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% The development version of the bundle can be found at
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/
+%%
+%% for those people who are interested.
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% NOTE: %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may
+%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask
+%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without
+%% prior consultation with the LaTeX3 Project.
+%%
+%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%
+% \fi
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% This file is used by
+%
+% source3.tex % documentation including implementation
+%
+% interface3.tex % only interface documentation
+%
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+
+\begin{abstract}
+
+\setlength\parindent{0pt}
+\setlength\parskip{\baselineskip}
+
+\noindent
+This is the reference documentation for the \pkg{expl3}
+programming environment. The \pkg{expl3} modules set up an experimental
+naming scheme for \LaTeX{} commands, which allow the \LaTeX{} programmer
+to systematically name functions and variables, and specify the argument
+types of functions.
+
+The \TeX{} and \eTeX{} primitives are all given a new name according to
+these conventions. However, in the main direct use of the primitives is
+not required or encouraged: the \pkg{expl3} modules define an
+independent low-level \LaTeX3 programming language.
+
+At present, the \pkg{expl3} modules are designed to be loaded on top of
+\LaTeXe{}. In time, a \LaTeX3 format will be produced based on this code.
+This allows the code to be used in \LaTeXe{} packages \emph{now} while a
+stand-alone \LaTeX3 is developed.
+
+\begin{bfseries}
+ While \pkg{expl3} is still experimental, the bundle is now regarded as
+ broadly stable. The syntax conventions and functions provided are now
+ ready for wider use. There may still be changes to some functions, but
+ these will be minor when compared to the scope of \pkg{expl3}.
+
+ New modules will be added to the distributed version of \pkg{expl3} as
+ they reach maturity.
+\end{bfseries}
+
+\end{abstract}
+
+\clearpage
+
+{%
+ \def\\{:}% fix "newlines" in the ToC
+ \tableofcontents
+}
+
+\clearpage
+\pagenumbering{arabic}
+
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%
+% Each of the following \DocInput lines includes a file with extension
+% .dtx. Each of these files may be typeset separately. For instance
+% pdflatex l3box.dtx
+% will typeset the source of the LaTeX3 box commands. If you use the
+% Makefile, the index will be generated automatically; e.g.,
+% make doc F=l3box
+%
+% If this file is processed, each of these separate dtx files will be
+% contained as a part of a single document.
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+
+\makeatletter
+\def\partname{Part}
+\def\maketitle{\part{\@title}}
+\let\thanks\@gobble
+\let\DelayPrintIndex\PrintIndex
+\let\PrintIndex\@empty
+\makeatother
+
+\part{Introduction to \pkg{expl3} and this document}
+
+This document is intended to act as a comprehensive reference manual
+for the \pkg{expl3} language. A general guide to the \LaTeX3
+programming language is found in \href{expl3.pdf}{expl3.pdf}.
+
+\section{Naming functions and variables}
+
+\LaTeX3 does not use \texttt{@} as a \enquote{letter} for defining
+internal macros. Instead, the symbols |_| and \texttt{:}
+are used in internal macro names to provide structure. The name of
+each \emph{function} is divided into logical units using \texttt{_},
+while \texttt{:} separates the \emph{name} of the function from the
+\emph{argument specifier} (\enquote{arg-spec}). This describes the arguments
+expected by the function. In most cases, each argument is represented
+by a single letter. The complete list of arg-spec letters for a function
+is referred to as the \emph{signature} of the function.
+
+Each function name starts with the \emph{module} to which it belongs.
+Thus apart from a small number of very basic functions, all \pkg{expl3}
+function names contain at least one underscore to divide the module
+name from the descriptive name of the function. For example, all
+functions concerned with comma lists are in module \texttt{clist} and
+begin \cs{clist_}.
+
+Every function must include an argument specifier. For functions which
+take no arguments, this will be blank and the function name will end
+\texttt{:}. Most functions take one or more arguments, and use the
+following argument specifiers:
+\begin{description}
+ \item[\texttt{D}] The \texttt{D} specifier means \emph{do not use}.
+ All of the \TeX{} primitives are initially \cs{let} to a \texttt{D}
+ name, and some are then given a second name. Only the kernel
+ team should use anything with a \texttt{D} specifier!
+ \item[\texttt{N} and \texttt{n}] These mean \emph{no manipulation},
+ of a single token for \texttt{N} and of a set of tokens given in
+ braces for \texttt{n}. Both pass the argument though exactly as
+ given. Usually, if you use a single token for an \texttt{n} argument,
+ all will be well.
+ \item[\texttt{c}] This means \emph{csname}, and indicates that the
+ argument will be turned into a csname before being used. So
+ So \cs{foo:c} |{ArgumentOne}| will act in the same way as \cs{foo:N}
+ \cs{ArgumentOne}.
+ \item[\texttt{V} and \texttt{v}] These mean \emph{value
+ of variable}. The \texttt{V} and \texttt{v} specifiers are used to
+ get the content of a variable without needing to worry about the
+ underlying \TeX{} structure containing the data. A \texttt{V}
+ argument will be a single token (similar to \texttt{N}), for example
+ \cs{foo:V} \cs{MyVariable}; on the other hand, using \texttt{v} a
+ csname is constructed first, and then the value is recovered, for
+ example \cs{foo:v} |{MyVariable}|.
+ \item[\texttt{o}] This means \emph{expansion once}. In general, the
+ \texttt{V} and \texttt{v} specifiers are favoured over \texttt{o}
+ for recovering stored information. However, \texttt{o} is useful
+ for correctly processing information with delimited arguments.
+ \item[\texttt{x}] The \texttt{x} specifier stands for \emph{exhaustive
+ expansion}: the plain \TeX{} \cs{edef}.
+ \item[\texttt{f}] The \texttt{f} specifier stands for \emph{full
+ expansion}, and in contrast to \emph{x} stops at the first
+ non-expandable item without trying to execute it.
+ \item[\texttt{T} and \texttt{F}] For logic tests, there are the branch
+ specifiers \texttt{T} (\emph{true}) and \texttt{F} (\emph{false}).
+ Both specifiers treat the input in the same way as \texttt{n} (no
+ change), but make the logic much easier to see.
+ \item[\texttt{p}] The letter \texttt{p} indicates \TeX{}
+ \emph{parameters}. Normally this will be used for delimited
+ functions as \pkg{expl3} provides better methods for creating simple
+ sequential arguments.
+ \item[\texttt{w}] Finally, there is the \texttt{w} specifier for
+ \emph{weird} arguments. This covers everything else, but mainly
+ applies to delimited values (where the argument must be terminated
+ by some arbitrary string).
+\end{description}
+Notice that the argument specifier describes how the argument is
+processed prior to being passed to the underlying function. For example,
+\cs{foo:c} will take its argument, convert it to a control sequence and
+pass it to \cs{foo:N}.
+
+Variables are named in a similar manner to functions, but begin with
+a single letter to define the type of variable:
+\begin{description}
+ \item[\texttt{c}] Constant: global parameters whose value should not
+ be changed.
+ \item[\texttt{g}] Parameters whose value should only be set globally.
+ \item[\texttt{l}] Parameters whose value should only be set locally.
+\end{description}
+Each variable name is then build up in a similar way to that of a
+function, typically starting with the module\footnote{The module names are
+ not used in case of generic scratch registers defined in the data
+ type modules, e.g., the
+ \texttt{int} module contains some scratch variables called \cs{l_tmpa_int},
+ \cs{l_tmpb_int}, and so on. In such a case adding the module name up front
+ to denote the module
+ and in the back to indicate the type, as in
+ \cs{l_int_tmpa_int} would be very unreadable.} name
+and then a descriptive part.
+Variables end with a short identifier to show the variable type:
+\begin{description}
+ \item[\texttt{bool}] Either true or false.
+ \item[\texttt{box}] Box register.
+ \item[\texttt{clist}] Comma separated list.
+ \item[\texttt{coffin}] a \enquote{box with handles} --- a higher-level data
+ type for carrying out |box| alignment operations.
+ \item[\texttt{dim}] \enquote{Rigid} lengths.
+ \item[\texttt{fp}] floating-point values;
+ \item[\texttt{int}] Integer-valued count register.
+ \item[\texttt{prop}] Property list.
+ \item[\texttt{seq}] \enquote{Sequence}: a data-type used to implement lists
+ (with access at both ends) and stacks.
+ \item[\texttt{skip}] \enquote{Rubber} lengths.
+ \item[\texttt{stream}] An input or output stream (for reading from or
+ writing to, respectively).
+ \item[\texttt{tl}] Token list variables: placeholder for a token list.
+\end{description}
+
+\subsection{Terminological inexactitude}
+
+A word of warning. In this document, and others referring to the \pkg{expl3}
+programming modules, we often refer to \enquote{variables} and
+\enquote{functions} as if they
+were actual constructs from a real programming language. In truth, \TeX{}
+is a macro processor, and functions are simply macros that may or may not take
+arguments and expand to their replacement text. Many of the common variables
+are \emph{also} macros, and if placed into the input stream will simply expand
+to their definition as well~--- a \enquote{function} with no arguments and a
+\enquote{token list variable} are in truth one and the same. On the other
+hand, some \enquote{variables} are actually registers that must be
+initialised and their values set and retrieved with specific functions.
+
+The conventions of the \pkg{expl3} code are designed to clearly separate the
+ideas of \enquote{macros that contain data} and
+\enquote{macros that contain code}, and a
+consistent wrapper is applied to all forms of \enquote{data} whether they be
+macros or
+actually registers. This means that sometimes we will use phrases like
+\enquote{the function returns a value}, when actually we just mean
+\enquote{the macro expands to something}. Similarly, the term
+\enquote{execute} might be used in place of \enquote{expand}
+or it might refer to the more specific case of
+\enquote{processing in \TeX's stomach}
+(if you are familiar with the \TeX{}book parlance).
+
+If in doubt, please ask; chances are we've been hasty in writing certain
+definitions and need to be told to tighten up our terminology.
+
+\section{Documentation conventions}
+
+This document is typeset with the experimental \pkg{l3doc} class;
+several conventions are used to help describe the features of the code.
+A number of conventions are used here to make the documentation clearer.
+
+Each group of related functions is given in a box. For a function with
+a \enquote{user} name, this might read:
+\begin{function}{\ExplSyntaxOn, \ExplSyntaxOff}
+ \begin{syntax}
+ \cs{ExplSyntaxOn} \dots{} \cs{ExplSyntaxOff}
+ \end{syntax}
+ The textual description of how the function works would appear here. The
+ syntax of the function is shown in mono-spaced text to the right of
+ the box. In this example, the function takes no arguments and so the
+ name of the function is simply reprinted.
+\end{function}
+
+For programming functions, which use \texttt{_} and \texttt{:} in their name
+there are a few additional conventions: If two related functions are given
+with identical names but different argument specifiers, these are termed
+\emph{variants} of each other, and the latter functions are printed in grey to
+show this more clearly. They will carry out the same function but will take
+different types of argument:
+\begin{function}{\seq_new:N, \seq_new:c}
+ \begin{syntax}
+ \cs{seq_new:N} \meta{sequence}
+ \end{syntax}
+ When a number of variants are described, the arguments are usually
+ illustrated only for the base function. Here, \meta{sequence} indicates
+ that \cs{seq_new:N} expects the name of a sequence. From the argument
+ specifier, \cs{seq_new:c} also expects a sequence name, but as a
+ name rather than as a control sequence. Each argument given in the
+ illustration should be described in the following text.
+\end{function}
+
+Some functions are fully expandable, which allows it to be used within
+an \texttt{x}-type argument (in plain \TeX{} terms, inside an \cs{edef}).
+These fully expandable functions are indicated in the documentation by
+a star:
+\begin{function}[EXP]{\cs_to_str:N}
+ \begin{syntax}
+ \cs{cs_to_str:N} \meta{cs}
+ \end{syntax}
+ As with other functions, some text should follow which explains how
+ the function works. Usually, only the star will indicate that the
+ function is expandable. In this case, the function expects a \meta{cs},
+ shorthand for a \meta{control sequence}.
+\end{function}
+
+Conditional (\texttt{if}) functions are normally defined in three variants,
+with
+\texttt{T}, \texttt{F} and \texttt{TF} argument specifiers. This allows
+them to be used for different \enquote{true}/\enquote{false} branches,
+depending on
+which outcome the conditional is being used to test. To indicate this
+without repetition, this information is given in a shortened form:
+\begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\xetex_if_engine:}
+ \begin{syntax}
+ \cs{xetex_if_engine:TF} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+ \end{syntax}
+ The underlining and italic of \texttt{TF} indicates that
+ \cs{xetex_if_engine:T}, \cs{xetex_if_engine:F} and
+ \cs{xetex_if_engine:TF} are all available. Usually, the illustration
+ will use the \texttt{TF} variant, and so both \meta{true code}
+ and \meta{false code} will be shown. The two variant forms \texttt{T} and
+ \texttt{F} take only \meta{true code} and \meta{false code}, respectively.
+ Here, the star also shows that this function is expandable.
+ With some minor exceptions, \emph{all} conditional functions in the
+ \pkg{expl3} modules should be defined in this way.
+\end{function}
+
+Variables, constants and so on are described in a similar manner:
+\begin{variable}{\l_tmpa_tl}
+ A short piece of text will describe the variable: there is no
+ syntax illustration in this case.
+\end{variable}
+
+In some cases, the function is similar to one in \LaTeXe{} or plain \TeX{}.
+In these cases, the text will include an extra \enquote{\textbf{\TeX{}hackers
+note}} section:
+\begin{function}[EXP]{\token_to_str:N}
+ \begin{syntax}
+ \cs{token_to_str:N} \meta{token}
+ \end{syntax}
+ The normal description text.
+ \begin{texnote}
+ Detail for the experienced \TeX{} or \LaTeXe\ programmer. In this
+ case, it would point out that this function is the \TeX{} primitive
+ \cs{string}.
+ \end{texnote}
+\end{function}
+
+\section{Formal language conventions which apply generally}
+
+As this is a formal reference guide for \LaTeX3 programming, the descriptions
+of functions are intended to be reasonably \enquote{complete}. However, there
+is also a need to avoid repetition. Formal ideas which apply to general
+classes of function are therefore summarised here.
+
+For tests which have a \texttt{TF} argument specification, the test if
+evaluated to give a logically \texttt{TRUE} or \texttt{FALSE} result.
+Depending on this result, either the \meta{true code} or the \meta{false code}
+will be left in the input stream. In the case where the test is expandable,
+and a predicate (|_p|) variant is available, the logical value determined by
+the test is left in the input stream: this will typically be part of a larger
+logical construct.
+
+\DisableImplementation
+
+\DocInput{l3bootstrap.dtx}
+\DocInput{l3names.dtx}
+\DocInput{l3basics.dtx}
+\DocInput{l3expan.dtx}
+\DocInput{l3prg.dtx}
+\DocInput{l3quark.dtx}
+\DocInput{l3token.dtx}
+\DocInput{l3int.dtx}
+\DocInput{l3skip.dtx}
+\DocInput{l3tl.dtx}
+\DocInput{l3seq.dtx}
+\DocInput{l3clist.dtx}
+\DocInput{l3prop.dtx}
+\DocInput{l3box.dtx}
+\DocInput{l3io.dtx}
+\DocInput{l3msg.dtx}
+\DocInput{l3keys.dtx}
+\DocInput{l3file.dtx}
+\DocInput{l3fp.dtx}
+\DocInput{l3luatex.dtx}
+
+\endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/l3kernel/l3doc.ist b/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/l3kernel/l3doc.ist
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..e1496e34d73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/l3kernel/l3doc.ist
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `l3doc.ist',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% l3doc.dtx (with options: `docist')
+%%
+%%
+%% EXPERIMENTAL CODE
+%%
+%% Do not distribute this file without also distributing the
+%% source files specified above.
+%%
+%% Do not distribute a modified version of this file.
+%%
+%%
+%% File: l3doc.dtx Copyright (C) 1990-2011 The LaTeX3 project
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
+%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
+%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
+%% of this license is in the file
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% This file is part of the "expl3 bundle" (The Work in LPPL)
+%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
+%%
+%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN.
+%%
+%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% The development version of the bundle can be found at
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/
+%%
+%% for those people who are interested.
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% NOTE: %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may
+%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask
+%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without
+%% prior consultation with the LaTeX3 Project.
+%%
+%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+actual '='
+quote '!'
+level '#'
+preamble
+"\n \\begin{theindex} \n \\makeatletter\\scan@allowedfalse\n"
+postamble
+"\n\n \\end{theindex}\n"
+item_x1 "\\efill \n \\subitem "
+item_x2 "\\efill \n \\subsubitem "
+delim_0 "\\pfill "
+delim_1 "\\pfill "
+delim_2 "\\pfill "
+lethead_prefix "{\\bfseries\\hfil "
+lethead_suffix "\\hfil}\\nopagebreak\n"
+lethead_flag 1
+heading_prefix "{\\bfseries\\hfil "
+heading_suffix "\\hfil}\\nopagebreak\n"
+headings_flag 1
+
+page_precedence "rnaA"
+%%
+%%
+%% End of file `l3doc.ist'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/expl3.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/expl3.dtx
index 6de2ed0c0d2..0f30662fce5 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/expl3.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/expl3.dtx
@@ -37,8 +37,8 @@
\RequirePackage{l3names}
\def\ExplFileName{expl3}
\def\ExplFileDescription{L3 Experimental code bundle wrapper}
-\def\ExplFileDate{2011/08/17}
-\def\ExplFileVersion{2607}
+\def\ExplFileDate{2011/08/28}
+\def\ExplFileVersion{2678}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
\documentclass[full]{l3doc}
@@ -725,6 +725,9 @@
% \explpkg{l3clist}{
% Methods for manipulating comma-separated token lists.
% }
+% \explpkg{l3coffins}{
+% Augmented box constructs for alignment operations.
+% }
% \explpkg{l3expan}{
% This is the argument expansion module discussed earlier in this
% document.
@@ -735,12 +738,9 @@
% \explpkg{l3io}{
% A module providing low level input and output functions.
% }
-% \explpkg{l3keyval}{
-% Low-level implementation for processing lists of the form
-% \texttt{\{ key1=val1 , key2=val2 \}}.
-% }
% \explpkg{l3keys}{
-% Higher-level implementation of key--value methods: intended to work
+% For processing lists of the form
+% \texttt{\{ key1=val1 , key2=val2 \}}, intended to work
% as a \LaTeX3 version of \pkg{xkeyval}/\pkg{kvoptions}, although
% with input syntax more like that of \pkg{pgfkeys}.
% }
@@ -1010,10 +1010,10 @@
l3file,
l3skip,
l3box,
- l3keyval,
l3keys,
l3fp,
- l3luatex
+ l3luatex,
+ l3coffins
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index 9b28c54f15e..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
-\iffalse meta-comment
-
-File l3.ins Copyright (C) 2011 The LaTeX3 Project
-
-It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
-LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
-license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
-of this license is in the file
-
- http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-
-This file is part of the "expl3 bundle" (The Work in LPPL)
-and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
-
-The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN.
-
-\fi
-
-\input docstrip.tex
-\askforoverwritefalse
-
-\preamble
-
-EXPERIMENTAL CODE
-
-Do not distribute this file without also distributing the
-source files specified above.
-
-Do not distribute a modified version of this file.
-
-\endpreamble
-% stop docstrip adding \endinput
-\postamble
-\endpostamble
-
-\keepsilent
-
-% ===== PACKAGE ONLY ======
-\generate{\file{expl3.sty} {\from{expl3.dtx} {package}}}
-% ========================
-\generate{\file{l3bootstrap.sty}{\from{l3bootstrap.dtx}{package}}}
-\generate{\file{l3names.sty} {\from{l3names.dtx} {package}}}
-\generate{\file{l3basics.sty} {\from{l3basics.dtx} {package}}}
-\generate{\file{l3expan.sty} {\from{l3expan.dtx} {package}}}
-\generate{\file{l3tl.sty} {\from{l3tl.dtx} {package}}}
-\generate{\file{l3seq.sty} {\from{l3seq.dtx} {package}}}
-\generate{\file{l3int.sty} {\from{l3int.dtx} {package}}}
-\generate{\file{l3quark.sty} {\from{l3quark.dtx} {package}}}
-\generate{\file{l3prg.sty} {\from{l3prg.dtx} {package}}}
-\generate{\file{l3clist.sty} {\from{l3clist.dtx} {package}}}
-\generate{\file{l3token.sty} {\from{l3token.dtx} {package}}}
-\generate{\file{l3prop.sty} {\from{l3prop.dtx} {package}}}
-\generate{\file{l3msg.sty} {\from{l3msg.dtx} {package}}}
-\generate{\file{l3io.sty} {\from{l3io.dtx} {package}}}
-\generate{\file{l3file.sty} {\from{l3file.dtx} {package}}}
-\generate{\file{l3skip.sty} {\from{l3skip.dtx} {package}}}
-\generate{\file{l3box.sty} {\from{l3box.dtx} {package}}}
-\generate{\file{l3keyval.sty} {\from{l3keyval.dtx} {package}}}
-\generate{\file{l3keys.sty} {\from{l3keys.dtx} {package}}}
-\generate{\file{l3fp.sty} {\from{l3fp.dtx} {package}}}
-\generate{\file{l3luatex.sty} {\from{l3luatex.dtx} {package}}}
-
-\generate{\file{l3doc.cls} {\from{l3doc.dtx} {class}}}
-\generate{\file{l3doc.ist} {\from{l3doc.dtx} {docist}}}
-
-\generate{\file{l3toks.sty} {\from{l3toks.dtx} {package}}}
-
-\endbatchfile
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx
index 52cc56c699a..62d8f1caca2 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3basics.dtx 2493 2011-07-04 09:50:22Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3basics.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental basic definitions}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -1077,11 +1077,7 @@
% ~~\Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Compares the definition of two \meta{control sequences} and
-% is logically \texttt{true} if the two are the same. The branching
-% versions then leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code}
-% in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and the
-% variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of the test is left
-% in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% is logically \texttt{true} if the two are the same.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\cs_if_exist:N, \cs_if_exist:c}
@@ -1093,11 +1089,7 @@
% Tests whether the \meta{control sequence} is currently defined
% (whether as a function or another control sequence type). Any
% valid definition of \meta{control sequence} will evaluate as
-% \texttt{true}. The branching versions then leave either
-% \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input stream, as
-% appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of the function
-% chosen. The logical truth of the test is left in the input stream by
-% the predicate version.
+% \texttt{true}.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\cs_if_free:N, \cs_if_free:c}
@@ -1109,11 +1101,7 @@
% Tests whether the \meta{control sequence} is currently free to
% be defined. This test will be \texttt{false} if the
% \meta{control sequence} currently exists (as defined by
-% \cs{cs_if_exist:N}). The branching versions then leave either
-% \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input stream, as
-% appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of the function
-% chosen. The logical truth of the test is left in the input stream by
-% the predicate version.
+% \cs{cs_if_exist:N}).
% \end{function}
%
% \subsection{Testing string equality}
@@ -1133,11 +1121,7 @@
% \begin{verbatim}
% \str_if_eq_p:xx { abc } { \tl_to_str:n { abc } }
% \end{verbatim}
-% is logically \texttt{true}. The branching versions then leave either
-% \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input stream, as
-% appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of the function
-% chosen. The logical truth of the test is left in the input stream by
-% the predicate version. All versions of these functions are fully
+% is logically \texttt{true}. All versions of these functions are fully
% expandable (including those involving an \texttt{x}-type
% expansion).
% \end{function}
@@ -1148,30 +1132,21 @@
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{luatex_if_luatex:TF} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
-% Detects is the document is being compiled using \LuaTeX{}. The
-% branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth
-% of the test and the variant of the function chosen.
+% Detects is the document is being compiled using \LuaTeX{}.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,TF]{\pdftex_if_engine:}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{pdftex_if_engine:TF} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
-% Detects is the document is being compiled using \pdfTeX{}. The
-% branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth
-% of the test and the variant of the function chosen.
+% Detects is the document is being compiled using \pdfTeX{}.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,TF]{\xetex_if_engine:}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{xetex_if_engine:TF} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
-% Detects is the document is being compiled using \XeTeX{}. The
-% branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth
-% of the test and the variant of the function chosen.
+% Detects is the document is being compiled using \XeTeX{}.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{variable}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3box.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3box.dtx
index c2fb953d45b..8e5070145b4 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3box.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3box.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3box.dtx 2595 2011-08-16 00:58:34Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3box.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental boxes}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -282,11 +282,6 @@
% \cs{box_if_empty:NTF} \meta{box} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if \meta{box} is a empty (equal to \cs{c_empty_box}).
-% The branching versions then leave either
-% \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input stream, as
-% appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of the function
-% chosen. The logical truth of the test is left in the input stream by
-% the predicate version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\box_if_horizontal:N, \box_if_horizontal:c}
@@ -294,11 +289,7 @@
% \cs{box_if_horizontal_p:N} \meta{box}
% \cs{box_if_horizontal:NTF} \meta{box} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
-% Tests if \meta{box} is a horizontal box. The branching
-% versions then leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code}
-% in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and
-% the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of the test
-% is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% Tests if \meta{box} is a horizontal box.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\box_if_vertical:N, \box_if_vertical:c}
@@ -306,11 +297,7 @@
% \cs{box_if_vertical_p:N} \meta{box}
% \cs{box_if_vertical:NTF} \meta{box} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
-% Tests if \meta{box} is a vertical box. The branching
-% versions then leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code}
-% in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and
-% the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of the test
-% is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% Tests if \meta{box} is a vertical box.
% \end{function}
%
% \section{The last box inserted}
@@ -1114,7 +1101,7 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\vbox:n}
% \TestFiles{m3box003.lvt}
-% \begin{macro}{\vbox:n\vbox_top:n}
+% \begin{macro}{\vbox_top:n}
% \TestFiles{m3box003.lvt}
% Put a vertical box directly into the input stream.
% \begin{macrocode}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx
index d031b15f552..bd15dbffb01 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3clist.dtx 2498 2011-07-09 17:51:47Z joseph $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3clist.dtx 2666 2011-08-26 06:10:09Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental comma separated lists}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -393,11 +393,7 @@
% \cs{clist_if_empty:NTF} \meta{comma list}
% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
-% Tests if the \meta{comma list} is empty (containing no items). The
-% branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% Tests if the \meta{comma list} is empty (containing no items).
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]
@@ -409,11 +405,7 @@
% \end{syntax}
% Compares the content of two \meta{comma lists} and
% is logically \texttt{true} if the two contain the same list of
-% entries in the same order. The branching versions then leave either
-% \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input stream, as
-% appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of the function
-% chosen. The logical truth of the test is left in the input stream by
-% the predicate version.
+% entries in the same order.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[TF]{
@@ -426,10 +418,6 @@
% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{item} is present in the \meta{comma list}.
-% Either the \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} is left in the input
-% stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of the
-% function
-% chosen.
% \end{function}
%
% \section{Mapping to comma lists}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.dtx
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..87df9402d1d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.dtx
@@ -0,0 +1,1983 @@
+% \iffalse meta-comment
+%
+%% File: l3coffins.dtx Copyright(C) 2010,2011 The LaTeX3 Project
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
+%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
+%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
+%% of this license is in the file
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% This file is part of the "l3kernel bundle" (The Work in LPPL)
+%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
+%%
+%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN.
+%%
+%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% The development version of the bundle can be found at
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/
+%%
+%% for those people who are interested.
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% NOTE: %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may
+%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask
+%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without
+%% prior consultation with the LaTeX Project Team.
+%%
+%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+%
+%<*driver|package>
+\RequirePackage{l3names,graphicx,color}
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3coffins.dtx 2624 2011-08-18 19:02:45Z joseph $
+ {L3 Experimental coffin code layer}
+%</driver|package>
+%<*driver>
+\documentclass[full]{l3doc}
+\begin{document}
+ \DocInput{\jobname.dtx}
+\end{document}
+%</driver>
+% \fi
+%
+% \title{^^A
+% The \textsf{l3coffins} package\\ Coffin code layer^^A
+% \thanks{This file describes v\ExplFileVersion,
+% last revised \ExplFileDate.}^^A
+% }
+%
+% \author{^^A
+% The \LaTeX3 Project\thanks
+% {^^A
+% E-mail:
+% \href{mailto:latex-team@latex-project.org}
+% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
+% }^^A
+% }
+%
+% \date{Released \ExplFileDate}
+%
+% \maketitle
+%
+% \begin{documentation}
+%
+% The material in this module provides the low-level support system
+% for coffins. For details about the design concept of a coffin, see
+% the \pkg{xcoffins} module (in the \pkg{l3experimental} bundle).
+%
+% \section{Code-level coffin functions}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\coffin_new:N, \coffin_new:c}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{coffin_new:N} \meta{coffin}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Creates a new \meta{coffin} or raises an error if the name is
+% already taken. The declaration is global. The \meta{coffin} will
+% initially be empty.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\coffin_clear:N, \coffin_clear:c}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{coffin_clear:N} \meta{coffin}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Clears the content of the \meta{coffin} within the current \TeX{}
+% group level.
+% \end{function}
+%
+%\begin{function}
+% {\coffin_set_eq:NN, \coffin_set_eq:Nc, \coffin_set_eq:cN, \coffin_set_eq:cc}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{coffin_set_eq:NN} \meta{coffin1} \meta{coffin2}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Sets both the content and poles of \meta{coffin1} equal to those
+% of \meta{coffin2} within the current \TeX\ group level.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\hcoffin_set:Nn, \hcoffin_set:cn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{hcoffin_set:Nn} \meta{coffin} \Arg{material}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Typesets the \meta{material} in horizontal mode, storing the result
+% in the \meta{coffin}. The standard poles for the \meta{coffin} are
+% then set up based on the size of the typeset material.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\vcoffin_set:Nnn, \vcoffin_set:cnn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{vcoffin_set:Nnn} \meta{coffin} \Arg{width} \Arg{material}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Typesets the \meta{material} in vertical mode constrained to the
+% given \meta{width} and stores the result in the \meta{coffin}. The
+% standard poles for the \meta{coffin} are then set up based on the
+% size of the typeset material.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}
+% {\coffin_set_horizontal_pole:Nnn, \coffin_set_horizontal_pole:cnn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{coffin_set_horizontal_pole:Nnn} \meta{coffin}
+% ~~\Arg{pole} \Arg{offset}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Sets the \meta{pole} to run horizontally through the \meta{coffin}.
+% The \meta{pole} will be located at the \meta{offset} from the
+% bottom edge of the bounding box of the \meta{coffin}. The
+% \meta{offset} should be given as a dimension expression; this may
+% include the terms \cs{TotalHeight}, \cs{Height}, \cs{Depth} and
+% \cs{Width}, which will evaluate to the appropriate dimensions of
+% the \meta{coffin}.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}
+% {\coffin_set_vertical_pole:Nnn, \coffin_set_vertical_pole:cnn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{coffin_set_vertical_pole:Nnn} \meta{coffin}
+% ~~\Arg{pole} \Arg{offset}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Sets the \meta{pole} to run vertically through the \meta{coffin}.
+% The \meta{pole} will be located at the \meta{offset} from the
+% left-hand edge of the bounding box of the \meta{coffin}. The
+% \meta{offset} should be given as a dimension expression; this may
+% include the terms \cs{TotalHeight}, \cs{Height}, \cs{Depth} and
+% \cs{Width}, which will evaluate to the appropriate dimensions of
+% the \meta{coffin}.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\coffin_rotate:Nn, \coffin_rotate:cn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{coffin_rotate:Nn} \meta{coffin} \Arg{angle}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Rotates the \meta{coffin} by the given \meta{angle} (given in
+% degrees counter-clockwise). This process will rotate both the
+% coffin content and poles. Multiple rotations will not result in
+% the bounding box of the coffin growing unnecessarily.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}
+% {
+% \coffin_attach:NnnNnnnn, \coffin_attach:cnnNnnnn,
+% \coffin_attach:Nnncnnnn, \coffin_attach:cnncnnnn
+% }
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{coffin_attach:NnnNnnnn}
+% ~~\meta{coffin1} \Arg{coffin1-pole1} \Arg{coffin1-pole2}
+% ~~\meta{coffin2} \Arg{coffin2-pole1} \Arg{coffin2-pole2}
+% ~~\Arg{x-offset} \Arg{y-offset}
+% \end{syntax}
+% This function carries out alignment such that the bounding box
+% of \meta{coffin1} is not altered, \emph{i.e.}~\meta{coffin2} can
+% protrude outside of the bounding box of the coffin. The alignment
+% is carried out by first calculating \meta{handle1}, the
+% point of intersection of \meta{coffin1-pole1} and
+% \meta{coffin1-pole2}, and \meta{handle2}, the point of intersection
+% of \meta{coffin2-pole1} and \meta{coffin2-pole2}. \meta{coffin2} is
+% then attached to \meta{coffin1} such that the relationship between
+% \meta{handle1} and \meta{handle2} is described by the \meta{x-offset}
+% and \meta{y-offset}. The two offsets should be given as dimension
+% expressions.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}
+% {
+% \coffin_join:NnnNnnnn, \coffin_join:cnnNnnnn,
+% \coffin_join:Nnncnnnn, \coffin_join:cnncnnnn
+% }
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{coffin_join:NnnNnnnn}
+% ~~\meta{coffin1} \Arg{coffin1-pole1} \Arg{coffin1-pole2}
+% ~~\meta{coffin2} \Arg{coffin2-pole1} \Arg{coffin2-pole2}
+% ~~\Arg{x-offset} \Arg{y-offset}
+% \end{syntax}
+% This function carries out alignment such that the bounding box
+% of \meta{coffin1} after the process will expand. The new bounding
+% box will cover the area contain the bounding boxes of the two
+% original coffins. The alignment is carried out by first calculating
+% \meta{handle1}, the point of intersection of \meta{coffin1-pole1} and
+% \meta{coffin1-pole2}, and \meta{handle2}, the point of intersection
+% of \meta{coffin2-pole1} and \meta{coffin2-pole2}. \meta{coffin2} is
+% then attached to \meta{coffin1} such that the relationship between
+% \meta{handle1} and \meta{handle2} is described by the \meta{x-offset}
+% and \meta{y-offset}. The two offsets should be given as dimension
+% expressions.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\coffin_typeset:Nnnnn, \coffin_typeset:cnnnn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{coffin_typeset:Nnnnn} \meta{coffin} \Arg{pole1} \Arg{pole2}
+% ~~\Arg{x-offset} \Arg{y-offset}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Typesetting is carried out by first calculating \meta{handle}, the
+% point of intersection of \meta{pole1} and \meta{pole2}. The coffin
+% is then typeset such that the relationship between the current
+% reference point in the document and the \meta{handle} is described
+% by the \meta{x-offset} and \meta{y-offset}. The two offsets should
+% be given as dimension expressions. Typesetting a coffin is
+% therefore analogous to carrying out an alignment where the
+% \enquote{parent} coffin is the current insertion point.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\coffin_display_handles:cn, \coffin_display_handles:cn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{coffin_display_handles:Nn} \meta{coffin} \Arg{colour}
+% \end{syntax}
+% This function first calculates the intersections between all of
+% the \meta{poles} of the \meta{coffin} to give a set of
+% \meta{handles}. It then prints the \meta{coffin} at the current
+% location in the source, with the position of the \meta{handles}
+% marked on the coffin. The \meta{handles} will be labelled as part
+% of this process: the locations of the \meta{handles} and the labels
+% are both printed in the \meta{colour} specified.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\coffin_mark_handle:Nnnn, \coffin_mark_handle:cnnn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{coffin_mark_handle:Nnnn} \meta{coffin} \Arg{pole1} \Arg{pole2}
+% ~~\Arg{colour}
+% \end{syntax}
+% This function first calculates the \meta{handle} for the
+% \meta{coffin} as defined by the intersection of \meta{pole1} and
+% \meta{pole2}. It then marks the position of the \meta{handle}
+% on the \meta{coffin}. The \meta{handle} will be labelled as part of
+% this process: the location of the \meta{handle} and the label are
+% both printed in the \meta{colour} specified.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{\coffin_show_structure:N, \coffin_show_structure:c}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{coffin_show_structure:N} \meta{coffin}
+% \end{syntax}
+% This function shows the structural information about the
+% \meta{coffin} in the terminal. The width, height and depth of the
+% typeset material are given, along with the location of all of the
+% poles of the coffin.
+%
+% Notice that the poles of a coffin are defined by four values:
+% the $x$ and $y$ co-ordinates of a point that the pole
+% passes through and the $x$- and $y$-components of a
+% vector denoting the direction of the pole. It is the ratio between
+% the later, rather than the absolute values, which determines the
+% direction of the pole.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \end{documentation}
+%
+% \begin{implementation}
+%
+% \section{\pkg{l3coffins} Implementation}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*initex|package>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%<*package>
+\ProvidesExplPackage
+ {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
+\package_check_loaded_expl:
+%</package>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Coffins: data structures and general variables}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_tmp_box}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_tmp_dim}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_tmp_fp}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_tmp_tl}
+% Scratch variables.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\box_new:N \l_coffin_tmp_box
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_tmp_dim
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_tmp_fp
+\tl_new:N \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_coffin_corners_prop}
+% The \enquote{corners}; of a coffin define the real content, as
+% opposed to the \TeX{} bounding box. They all start off in the same
+% place, of course.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prop_new:N \c_coffin_corners_prop
+\prop_put:Nnn \c_coffin_corners_prop { tl } { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \c_coffin_corners_prop { tr } { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \c_coffin_corners_prop { bl } { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \c_coffin_corners_prop { br } { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_coffin_poles_prop}
+% Pole positions are given for horizontal, vertical and reference-point
+% based values.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prop_new:N \c_coffin_poles_prop
+\tl_set:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_tl { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 1000 pt } }
+\prop_put:Nno \c_coffin_poles_prop { l } { \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+\prop_put:Nno \c_coffin_poles_prop { hc } { \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+\prop_put:Nno \c_coffin_poles_prop { r } { \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+\tl_set:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_tl { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 1000 pt } { 0 pt } }
+\prop_put:Nno \c_coffin_poles_prop { b } { \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+\prop_put:Nno \c_coffin_poles_prop { vc } { \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+\prop_put:Nno \c_coffin_poles_prop { t } { \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+\prop_put:Nno \c_coffin_poles_prop { B } { \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+\prop_put:Nno \c_coffin_poles_prop { H } { \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+\prop_put:Nno \c_coffin_poles_prop { T } { \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_calc_a_fp}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_calc_b_fp}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_calc_c_fp}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_calc_d_fp}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_calc_result_fp}
+% Used for calculations of intersections and in other internal places.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_calc_a_fp
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_calc_b_fp
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_calc_c_fp
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_calc_d_fp
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_calc_result_fp
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_error_bool}
+% For propagating errors so that parts of the code can work around them.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\bool_new:N \l_coffin_error_bool
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_offset_x_dim}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_offset_y_dim}
+% The offset between two sets of coffin handles when typesetting. These
+% values are corrected from those requested in an alignment for the
+% positions of the handles.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_offset_x_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_offset_y_dim
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_pole_a_tl}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_pole_b_tl}
+% Needed for finding the intersection of two poles.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_coffin_pole_a_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_coffin_pole_b_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_sin_fp}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_cos_fp}
+% Used for rotations to get the sine and cosine values.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_sin_fp
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_cos_fp
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_x_dim}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_y_dim}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_x_prime_dim}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_y_prime_dim}
+% For calculating intersections and so forth.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_x_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_y_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_x_prime_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_y_prime_dim
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_x_fp}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_y_fp}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_x_prime_fp}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_y_prime_fp}
+% Used for calculations where there are clear $x$- and
+% $y$-components, for example during vector rotation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_x_fp
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_y_fp
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_x_prime_fp
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_y_prime_fp
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_Depth_dim}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_Height_dim}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_TotalHeight_dim}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_Width_dim}
+% Dimensions for the various parts of a coffin.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_Depth_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_Height_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_TotalHeight_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_Width_dim
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_saved_Depth:}
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_saved_Height:}
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_saved_TotalHeight:}
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_saved_Width:}
+% Used to save the meaning of \cs{Depth}, \cs{Height}, \cs{TotalHeight}
+% and \cs{Width}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_nopar:Npn \coffin_saved_Depth: { }
+\cs_new_nopar:Npn \coffin_saved_Height: { }
+\cs_new_nopar:Npn \coffin_saved_TotalHeight: { }
+\cs_new_nopar:Npn \coffin_saved_Width: { }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Basic coffin functions}
+%
+% There are a number of basic functions needed for creating coffins and
+% placing material in them. This all relies on the following data
+% structures.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_if_exist:NT}
+% Several of the higher-level coffin functions will give multiple
+% errors if the coffin does not exist. A cleaner way to handle this
+% is provided here: both the box and the coffin structure are
+% checked.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \coffin_if_exist:NT #1#2
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:NTF #1
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ { #2 }
+ {
+ \msg_kernel_error:nnx { coffin } { unknown-coffin }
+ { \token_to_str:N #1 }
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ \msg_kernel_error:nnx { coffin } { unknown-coffin }
+ { \token_to_str:N #1 }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_clear:N, \coffin_clear:c}
+% Clearing coffins means emptying the box and resetting all of the
+% structures.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_clear:N #1
+ {
+ \coffin_if_exist:NT #1
+ {
+ \box_clear:N #1
+ \coffin_reset_structure:N #1
+ }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_clear:N { c }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_new:N, \coffin_new:c}
+% Creating a new coffin means making the underlying box and adding the
+% data structures. These are created globally, as there is a need to
+% avoid any strange effects if the coffin is created inside a group.
+% This means that the usual rule about \cs{l_\ldots} variables has
+% to be broken.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_new:N #1
+ {
+ \box_new:N #1
+ \prop_clear_new:c { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ \prop_clear_new:c { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ \prop_gset_eq:cN { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ \c_coffin_corners_prop
+ \prop_gset_eq:cN { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ \c_coffin_poles_prop
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_new:N { c }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\hcoffin_set:Nn, \hcoffin_set:cn}
+% Horizontal coffins are relatively easy: set the appropriate box,
+% reset the structures then update the handle positions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hcoffin_set:Nn #1#2
+ {
+ \coffin_if_exist:NT #1
+ {
+ \hbox_set:Nn #1
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+%<*initex>
+ \color_set_current: % TODO
+%</initex>
+%<*package>
+ \set@color
+%</package>
+ #2
+ \group_end:
+ }
+ \coffin_reset_structure:N #1
+ \coffin_update_poles:N #1
+ \coffin_update_corners:N #1
+ }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \hcoffin_set:Nn { c }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\vcoffin_set:Nnn, \vcoffin_set:cnn}
+% Setting vertical coffins is more complex. First, the material is
+% typeset with a given width. The default handles and poles are set as
+% for a horizontal coffin, before finding the top baseline using a
+% temporary box.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \vcoffin_set:Nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \coffin_if_exist:NT #1
+ {
+ \vbox_set:Nn #1
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \tex_hsize:D {#2}
+ \group_begin:
+%<*initex>
+ \color_set_current:
+%</initex>
+%<*package>
+ \set@color
+%</package>
+ #3
+ \group_end:
+ }
+ \coffin_reset_structure:N #1
+ \coffin_update_poles:N #1
+ \coffin_update_corners:N #1
+ \vbox_set_top:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_box { \vbox_unpack:N #1 }
+ \coffin_set_pole:Nnx #1 { T }
+ {
+ { 0 pt }
+ { \dim_eval:n { \box_ht:N #1 - \box_ht:N \l_coffin_tmp_box } }
+ { 1000 pt }
+ { 0 pt }
+ }
+ \box_clear:N \l_coffin_tmp_box
+ }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \vcoffin_set:Nnn { c }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}
+% {
+% \coffin_set_eq:NN, \coffin_set_eq:Nc,
+% \coffin_set_eq:cN, \coffin_set_eq:cc
+% }
+% Setting two coffins equal is just a wrapper around other functions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_set_eq:NN #1#2
+ {
+ \coffin_if_exist:NT #1
+ {
+ \box_set_eq:NN #1 #2
+ \coffin_set_eq_structure:NN #1 #2
+ }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_set_eq:NN { c , Nc , cc }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\c_empty_coffin}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_aligned_coffin}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_aligned_internal_coffin}
+% Special coffins: these cannot be set up earlier as they need
+% \cs{coffin_new:N}. The empty coffin is set as a box as the full
+% coffin-setting system needs some material which is not yet available.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\coffin_new:N \c_empty_coffin
+\hbox_set:Nn \c_empty_coffin { }
+\coffin_new:N \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+\coffin_new:N \l_coffin_aligned_internal_coffin
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \subsection{Coffins: handle and pole management}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_get_pole:NnN}
+% A simple wrapper around the recovery of a coffin pole, with some
+% error checking and recovery built-in.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_get_pole:NnN #1#2#3
+ {
+ \prop_get:cnNF
+ { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } {#2} #3
+ {
+ \msg_kernel_error:nnxx { coffin } { unknown-coffin-pole }
+ {#2} { \token_to_str:N #1 }
+ \tl_set:Nn #3 { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 0 pt } }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_reset_structure:N}
+% Resetting the structure is a simple copy job.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_reset_structure:N #1
+ {
+ \prop_set_eq:cN { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ \c_coffin_corners_prop
+ \prop_set_eq:cN { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ \c_coffin_poles_prop
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_set_eq_structure:NN}
+% Setting coffin structures equal simply means copying the property
+% list.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_set_eq_structure:NN #1#2
+ {
+ \prop_set_eq:cc { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #2 _prop }
+ \prop_set_eq:cc { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #2 _prop }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_set_user_dimensions:N}
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_end_user_dimensions:}
+% \begin{macro}{\Depth}
+% \begin{macro}{\Height}
+% \begin{macro}{\TotalHeight}
+% \begin{macro}{\Width}
+% These make design-level names for the dimensions of a coffin easy to
+% get at.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_set_user_dimensions:N #1
+ {
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \coffin_saved_Height: \Height
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \coffin_saved_Depth: \Depth
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \coffin_saved_TotalHeight: \TotalHeight
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \coffin_saved_Width: \Width
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \Height \l_coffin_Height_dim
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \Depth \l_coffin_Depth_dim
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \TotalHeight \l_coffin_TotalHeight_dim
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \Width \l_coffin_Width_dim
+ \dim_set:Nn \Height { \box_ht:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \Depth { \box_dp:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \TotalHeight { \box_ht:N #1 - \box_dp:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \Width { \box_wd:N #1 }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_end_user_dimensions:
+ {
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \Height \coffin_saved_Height:
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \Depth \coffin_saved_Depth:
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \TotalHeight \coffin_saved_TotalHeight:
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \Width \coffin_saved_Width:
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}
+% {\coffin_set_horizontal_pole:Nnn, \coffin_set_horizontal_pole:cnn}
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_set_vertical_pole:Nnn,\coffin_set_vertical_pole:cnn}
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_set_pole:Nnn, \coffin_set_pole:Nnx}
+% Setting the pole of a coffin at the user/designer level requires a
+% bit more care. The idea here is to provide a reasonable interface to
+% the system, then to do the setting with full expansion. The
+% three-argument version is used internally to do a direct setting.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_set_horizontal_pole:Nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \coffin_if_exist:NT #1
+ {
+ \coffin_set_user_dimensions:N #1
+ \coffin_set_pole:Nnx #1 {#2}
+ {
+ { 0 pt } { \dim_eval:n {#3} }
+ { 1000 pt } { 0 pt }
+ }
+ \coffin_end_user_dimensions:
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_set_vertical_pole:Nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \coffin_if_exist:NT #1
+ {
+ \coffin_set_user_dimensions:N #1
+ \coffin_set_pole:Nnx #1 {#2}
+ {
+ { \dim_eval:n {#3} } { 0 pt }
+ { 0 pt } { 1000 pt }
+ }
+ \coffin_end_user_dimensions:
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_set_pole:Nnn #1#2#3
+ { \prop_put:cnn { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } {#2} {#3} }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_set_horizontal_pole:Nnn { c }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_set_vertical_pole:Nnn { c }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_set_pole:Nnn { Nnx }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_update_corners:N}
+% Updating the corners of a coffin is straight-forward as at this stage
+% there can be no rotation. So the corners of the content are just those
+% of the underlying \TeX{} box.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_update_corners:N #1
+ {
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } { tl }
+ { { 0 pt } { \dim_use:N \box_ht:N #1 } }
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } { tr }
+ { { \dim_use:N \box_wd:N #1 } { \dim_use:N \box_ht:N #1 } }
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } { bl }
+ { { 0 pt } { \dim_eval:n { - \box_dp:N #1 } } }
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } { br }
+ { { \dim_use:N \box_wd:N #1 } { \dim_eval:n { - \box_dp:N #1 } } }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_update_poles:N}
+% This function is called when a coffin is set, and updates the poles to
+% reflect the nature of size of the box. Thus this function only alters
+% poles where the default position is dependent on the size of the box.
+% It also does not set poles which are relevant only to vertical
+% coffins.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_update_poles:N #1
+ {
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } { hc }
+ {
+ { \dim_eval:n { 0.5 \box_wd:N #1 } }
+ { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 1000 pt }
+ }
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } { r }
+ {
+ { \dim_use:N \box_wd:N #1 }
+ { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 1000 pt }
+ }
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } { vc }
+ {
+ { 0 pt }
+ { \dim_eval:n { ( \box_ht:N #1 - \box_dp:N #1 ) / 2 } }
+ { 1000 pt }
+ { 0 pt }
+ }
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } { t }
+ {
+ { 0 pt }
+ { \dim_use:N \box_ht:N #1 }
+ { 1000 pt }
+ { 0 pt }
+ }
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } { b }
+ {
+ { 0 pt }
+ { \dim_eval:n { - \box_dp:N #1 } }
+ { 1000 pt }
+ { 0 pt }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Coffins: calculation of pole intersections}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_calculate_intersection:Nnn}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\coffin_calculate_intersection:nnnnnnnn}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\coffin_calculate_intersection_aux:nnnnnN}
+% The lead off in finding intersections is to recover the two poles
+% and then hand off to the auxiliary for the actual calculation. There
+% may of course not be an intersection, for which an error trap is
+% needed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_calculate_intersection:Nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \coffin_get_pole:NnN #1 {#2} \l_coffin_pole_a_tl
+ \coffin_get_pole:NnN #1 {#3} \l_coffin_pole_b_tl
+ \bool_set_false:N \l_coffin_error_bool
+ \exp_last_two_unbraced:Noo
+ \coffin_calculate_intersection:nnnnnnnn
+ \l_coffin_pole_a_tl \l_coffin_pole_b_tl
+ \bool_if:NT \l_coffin_error_bool
+ {
+ \msg_kernel_error:nn { coffin } { no-pole-intersection }
+ \dim_zero:N \l_coffin_x_dim
+ \dim_zero:N \l_coffin_y_dim
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The two poles passed here each have four values (as dimensions),
+% ($a$, $b$, $c$, $d$) and
+% ($a'$, $b'$, $c'$, $d'$). These are arguments
+% $1$--$4$ and $5$--$8$, respectively. In both
+% cases $a$ and $b$ are the co-ordinates of a point on the
+% pole and $c$ and $d$ define the direction of the pole. Finding
+% the intersection depends on the directions of the poles, which are
+% given by $d / c$ and $d' / c'$. However, if one of the poles
+% is either horizontal or vertical then one or more of $c$, $d$,
+% $c'$ and $d'$ will be zero and a special case is needed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_calculate_intersection:nnnnnnnn
+ #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8
+ {
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF {#3} = { \c_zero_dim }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The case where the first pole is vertical. So the $x$-component
+% of the interaction will be at $a$. There is then a test on the
+% second pole: if it is also vertical then there is an error.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_x_dim {#1}
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF {#7} = \c_zero_dim
+ { \bool_set_true:N \l_coffin_error_bool }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The second pole may still be horizontal, in which case the
+% $y$-component of the intersection will be $b'$. If not,
+% \[
+% y = \frac{d'}{c'} \left ( x - a' \right ) + b'
+% \]
+% with the $x$-component already known to be |#1|. This calculation
+% is done as a generalised auxiliary.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF {#8} = \c_zero_dim
+ { \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_y_dim {#6} }
+ {
+ \coffin_calculate_intersection_aux:nnnnnN
+ {#1} {#5} {#6} {#7} {#8} \l_coffin_y_dim
+ }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If the first pole is not vertical then it may be horizontal. If so,
+% then the procedure is essentially the same as that already done but
+% with the $x$- and $y$-components interchanged.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF {#4} = \c_zero_dim
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_y_dim {#2}
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF {#8} = { \c_zero_dim }
+ { \bool_set_true:N \l_coffin_error_bool }
+ {
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF {#7} = \c_zero_dim
+ { \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_x_dim {#5} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The formula for the case where the second pole is neither horizontal
+% nor vertical is
+% \[
+% x = \frac{c'}{d'} \left ( y - b' \right ) + a'
+% \]
+% which is again handled by the same auxiliary.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {
+ \coffin_calculate_intersection_aux:nnnnnN
+ {#2} {#6} {#5} {#8} {#7} \l_coffin_x_dim
+ }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The first pole is neither horizontal nor vertical. This still leaves
+% the second pole, which may be a special case. For those possibilities,
+% the calculations are the same as above with the first and second poles
+% interchanged.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF {#7} = \c_zero_dim
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_x_dim {#5}
+ \coffin_calculate_intersection_aux:nnnnnN
+ {#5} {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} \l_coffin_y_dim
+ }
+ {
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF {#8} = \c_zero_dim
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_x_dim {#6}
+ \coffin_calculate_intersection_aux:nnnnnN
+ {#6} {#2} {#1} {#4} {#3} \l_coffin_x_dim
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If none of the special cases apply then there is still a need to
+% check that there is a unique intersection between the two pole. This
+% is the case if they have different slopes.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_a_fp {#3}
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_b_fp {#4}
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_c_fp {#7}
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_d_fp {#8}
+ \fp_div:Nn \l_coffin_calc_b_fp \l_coffin_calc_a_fp
+ \fp_div:Nn \l_coffin_calc_d_fp \l_coffin_calc_c_fp
+ \fp_compare:nNnTF
+ \l_coffin_calc_b_fp = \l_coffin_calc_d_fp
+ { \bool_set_true:N \l_coffin_error_bool }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% All of the tests pass, so there is the full complexity of the
+% calculation:
+% \[
+% x = \frac { a ( d / c ) - a' ( d' / c' ) - b + b' }
+% { ( d / c ) - ( d' / c' ) }
+% \]
+% and noting that the two ratios are already worked out from the test
+% just performed. There is quite a bit of shuffling from dimensions to
+% floating points in order to do the work. The $y$-values is then
+% worked out using the standard auxiliary starting from the
+% $x$-position.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ {
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_result_fp {#6}
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_a_fp {#2}
+ \fp_sub:Nn \l_coffin_calc_result_fp
+ { \l_coffin_calc_a_fp }
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_a_fp {#1}
+ \fp_mul:Nn \l_coffin_calc_a_fp
+ { \l_coffin_calc_b_fp }
+ \fp_add:Nn \l_coffin_calc_result_fp
+ { \l_coffin_calc_a_fp }
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_a_fp {#5}
+ \fp_mul:Nn \l_coffin_calc_a_fp
+ { \l_coffin_calc_d_fp }
+ \fp_sub:Nn \l_coffin_calc_result_fp
+ { \l_coffin_calc_a_fp }
+ \fp_sub:Nn \l_coffin_calc_b_fp
+ { \l_coffin_calc_d_fp }
+ \fp_div:Nn \l_coffin_calc_result_fp
+ { \l_coffin_calc_b_fp }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_x_dim
+ { \fp_to_dim:N \l_coffin_calc_result_fp }
+ \coffin_calculate_intersection_aux:nnnnnN
+ { \l_coffin_x_dim }
+ {#5} {#6} {#8} {#7} \l_coffin_y_dim
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The formula for finding the intersection point is in most cases the
+% same. The formula here is
+% \[
+% \#6 = \frac{\#5}{\#4} \left ( \#1 - \#2 \right ) + \#3
+% \]
+% Thus |#4| and |#5| should be the directions of the pole while
+% |#2| and |#3| are co-ordinates.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_calculate_intersection_aux:nnnnnN
+ #1#2#3#4#5#6
+ {
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_result_fp {#1}
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_a_fp {#2}
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_b_fp {#3}
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_c_fp {#4}
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_d_fp {#5}
+ \fp_sub:Nn \l_coffin_calc_result_fp { \l_coffin_calc_a_fp }
+ \fp_div:Nn \l_coffin_calc_result_fp { \l_coffin_calc_d_fp }
+ \fp_mul:Nn \l_coffin_calc_result_fp { \l_coffin_calc_c_fp }
+ \fp_add:Nn \l_coffin_calc_result_fp { \l_coffin_calc_b_fp }
+ \dim_set:Nn #6 { \fp_to_dim:N \l_coffin_calc_result_fp }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Aligning and typesetting of coffins}
+%
+% \begin{macro}
+% {
+% \coffin_join:NnnNnnnn, \coffin_join:cnnNnnnn,
+% \coffin_join:Nnncnnnn , \coffin_join:cnncnnnn
+% }
+% This command joins two coffins, using a horizontal and vertical pole
+% from each coffin and making an offset between the two. The result
+% is stored as the as a third coffin, which will have all of its handles
+% reset to standard values. First, the more basic alignment function is
+% used to get things started.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_join:NnnNnnnn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8
+ {
+ \coffin_align:NnnNnnnnN
+ #1 {#2} {#3} #4 {#5} {#6} {#7} {#8} \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Correct the placement of the reference point. If the $x$-offset
+% is negative then the reference point of the second box is to the left
+% of that of the first, which is corrected using a kern. On the right
+% side the first box might stick out, which will show up if it is wider
+% than the sum of the $x$-offset and the width of the second box.
+% So a second kern may be needed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ {
+ \dim_compare:nNnT { \l_coffin_offset_x_dim } < \c_zero_dim
+ { \tex_kern:D -\l_coffin_offset_x_dim }
+ \hbox_unpack:N \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_dim
+ { \l_coffin_offset_x_dim - \box_wd:N #1 + \box_wd:N #4 }
+ \dim_compare:nNnT \l_coffin_tmp_dim < \c_zero_dim
+ { \tex_kern:D -\l_coffin_tmp_dim }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The coffin structure is reset, and the corners are cleared: only
+% those from the two parent coffins are needed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \coffin_reset_structure:N \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \prop_clear:c
+ { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w \l_coffin_aligned_coffin _ prop }
+ \coffin_update_poles:N \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The structures of the parent coffins are now transferred to the new
+% coffin, which requires that the appropriate offsets are applied. That
+% will then depend on whether any shift was needed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF \l_coffin_offset_x_dim < \c_zero_dim
+ {
+ \coffin_offset_poles:Nnn #1 { -\l_coffin_offset_x_dim } { 0 pt }
+ \coffin_offset_poles:Nnn #4 { 0 pt } { \l_coffin_offset_y_dim }
+ \coffin_offset_corners:Nnn #1 { -\l_coffin_offset_x_dim } { 0 pt }
+ \coffin_offset_corners:Nnn #4 { 0 pt } { \l_coffin_offset_y_dim }
+ }
+ {
+ \coffin_offset_poles:Nnn #1 { 0 pt } { 0 pt }
+ \coffin_offset_poles:Nnn #4
+ { \l_coffin_offset_x_dim } { \l_coffin_offset_y_dim }
+ \coffin_offset_corners:Nnn #1 { 0 pt } { 0 pt }
+ \coffin_offset_corners:Nnn #4
+ { \l_coffin_offset_x_dim } { \l_coffin_offset_y_dim }
+ }
+ \coffin_update_vertical_poles:NNN #1 #4 \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \coffin_set_eq:NN #1 \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_join:NnnNnnnn { c , Nnnc , cnnc }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}
+% {
+% \coffin_attach:NnnNnnnn, \coffin_attach:cnnNnnnn,
+% \coffin_attach:Nnncnnnn, \coffin_attach:cnncnnnn
+% }
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_attach_mark:NnnNnnnn}
+% A more simple version of the above, as it simply uses the size of the
+% first coffin for the new one. This means that the work here is rather
+% simplified compared to the above code. The function used when marking
+% a position is hear also as it is similar but without the structure
+% updates.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_attach:NnnNnnnn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8
+ {
+ \coffin_align:NnnNnnnnN
+ #1 {#2} {#3} #4 {#5} {#6} {#7} {#8} \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin { \box_ht:N #1 }
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin { \box_dp:N #1 }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin { \box_wd:N #1 }
+ \coffin_reset_structure:N \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \prop_set_eq:cc
+ { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w \l_coffin_aligned_coffin _prop }
+ { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ \coffin_update_poles:N \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \coffin_offset_poles:Nnn #1 { 0 pt } { 0 pt }
+ \coffin_offset_poles:Nnn #4
+ { \l_coffin_offset_x_dim } { \l_coffin_offset_y_dim }
+ \coffin_update_vertical_poles:NNN #1 #4 \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \coffin_set_eq:NN #1 \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_attach_mark:NnnNnnnn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8
+ {
+ \coffin_align:NnnNnnnnN
+ #1 {#2} {#3} #4 {#5} {#6} {#7} {#8} \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin { \box_ht:N #1 }
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin { \box_dp:N #1 }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin { \box_wd:N #1 }
+ \box_set_eq:NN #1 \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_attach:NnnNnnnn { c , Nnnc , cnnc }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_align:NnnNnnnnN}
+% The internal function aligns the two coffins into a third one, but
+% performs no corrections on the resulting coffin poles. The process
+% begins by finding the points of intersection for the poles for each
+% of the input coffins. Those for the first coffin are worked out after
+% those for the second coffin, as this allows the `primed'
+% storage area to be used for the second coffin. The `real' box
+% offsets are then calculated, before using these to re-box the
+% input coffins. The default poles are then set up, but the final result
+% will depend on how the bounding box is being handled.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_align:NnnNnnnnN #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9
+ {
+ \coffin_calculate_intersection:Nnn #4 {#5} {#6}
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_x_prime_dim { \l_coffin_x_dim }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_y_prime_dim { \l_coffin_y_dim }
+ \coffin_calculate_intersection:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3}
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_offset_x_dim
+ { \l_coffin_x_dim - \l_coffin_x_prime_dim + #7 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_offset_y_dim
+ { \l_coffin_y_dim - \l_coffin_y_prime_dim + #8 }
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_internal_coffin
+ {
+ \box_use:N #1
+ \tex_kern:D -\box_wd:N #1
+ \tex_kern:D \l_coffin_offset_x_dim
+ \box_move_up:nn { \l_coffin_offset_y_dim } { \box_use:N #4 }
+ }
+ \coffin_set_eq:NN #9 \l_coffin_aligned_internal_coffin
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_offset_poles:Nnn}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\coffin_offset_pole:Nnnnnnn}
+% Transferring structures from one coffin to another requires that the
+% positions are updated by the offset between the two coffins. This is
+% done by mapping to the property list of the source coffins, moving
+% as appropriate and saving to the new coffin data structures. The
+% test for a |-| means that the structures from the parent coffins
+% are uniquely labelled and do not depend on the order of alignment.
+% The pay off for this is that |-| should not be used in coffin pole
+% or handle names, and that multiple alignments do not result in a
+% whole set of values.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_offset_poles:Nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ { \coffin_offset_pole:Nnnnnnn #1 {##1} ##2 {#2} {#3} }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_offset_pole:Nnnnnnn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_x_dim { #3 + #7 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_y_dim { #4 + #8 }
+ \tl_if_in:nnTF {#2} { - }
+ { \tl_set:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_tl { {#2} } }
+ { \tl_set:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_tl { { #1 - #2 } } }
+ \exp_last_unbraced:NNo \coffin_set_pole:Nnx \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ { \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+ {
+ { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_x_dim } { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_y_dim }
+ {#5} {#6}
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_offset_corners:Nnn}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\coffin_offset_corners:Nnnnn}
+% Saving the offset corners of a coffin is very similar, except that
+% there is no need to worry about naming: every corner can be saved
+% here as order is unimportant.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_offset_corners:Nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ { \coffin_offset_corner:Nnnnn #1 {##1} ##2 {#2} {#3} }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_offset_corner:Nnnnn #1#2#3#4#5#6
+ {
+ \prop_put:cnx
+ { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w \l_coffin_aligned_coffin _prop }
+ { #1 - #2 }
+ {
+ { \dim_eval:n { #3 + #5 } }
+ { \dim_eval:n { #4 + #6 } }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_update_vertical_poles:NNN}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\coffin_update_T:nnnnnnnnN}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\coffin_update_B:nnnnnnnnN}
+% The \texttt{T} and \texttt{B} poles will need to be recalculated
+% after alignment. These functions find the larger absolute value for
+% the poles, but this is of course only logical when the poles are
+% horizontal.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_update_vertical_poles:NNN #1#2#3
+ {
+ \coffin_get_pole:NnN #3 { #1 -T } \l_coffin_pole_a_tl
+ \coffin_get_pole:NnN #3 { #2 -T } \l_coffin_pole_b_tl
+ \exp_last_two_unbraced:Noo \coffin_update_T:nnnnnnnnN
+ \l_coffin_pole_a_tl \l_coffin_pole_b_tl #3
+ \coffin_get_pole:NnN #3 { #1 -B } \l_coffin_pole_a_tl
+ \coffin_get_pole:NnN #3 { #2 -B } \l_coffin_pole_b_tl
+ \exp_last_two_unbraced:Noo \coffin_update_B:nnnnnnnnN
+ \l_coffin_pole_a_tl \l_coffin_pole_b_tl #3
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_update_T:nnnnnnnnN #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9
+ {
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF {#2} < {#6}
+ {
+ \coffin_set_pole:Nnx #9 { T }
+ { { 0 pt } {#6} { 1000 pt } { 0 pt } }
+ }
+ {
+ \coffin_set_pole:Nnx #9 { T }
+ { { 0 pt } {#2} { 1000 pt } { 0 pt } }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_update_B:nnnnnnnnN #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9
+ {
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF {#2} < {#6}
+ {
+ \coffin_set_pole:Nnx #9 { B }
+ { { 0 pt } {#2} { 1000 pt } { 0 pt } }
+ }
+ {
+ \coffin_set_pole:Nnx #9 { B }
+ { { 0 pt } {#6} { 1000 pt } { 0 pt } }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_typeset:Nnnnn, \coffin_typeset:cnnnn}
+% Typesetting a coffin means aligning it with the current position,
+% which is done using a coffin with no content at all. This is done
+% using the same approach as \cs{coffin_align:NnnNnnnnN} but without the
+% offset corrections (which would be thrown away). The same is true
+% for overlaying coffins, which uses the known size of an empty
+% box!
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_typeset:Nnnnn #1#2#3#4#5
+ {
+ \coffin_align:NnnNnnnnN \c_empty_coffin { H } { l }
+ #1 {#2} {#3} {#4} {#5} \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ {
+ \dim_compare:nNnT { \l_coffin_offset_x_dim } < \c_zero_dim
+ { \tex_kern:D -\l_coffin_offset_x_dim }
+ \hbox_unpack:N \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_dim
+ { \l_coffin_offset_x_dim + \box_wd:N #1 }
+ \dim_compare:nNnT { \l_coffin_tmp_dim } < \c_zero_dim
+ { \tex_kern:D -\l_coffin_tmp_dim }
+ }
+ \hbox_unpack:N \c_empty_box
+ \box_use:N \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_typeset:Nnnnn { c }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Rotating coffins}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_bounding_prop}
+% A property list for the bounding box of a coffin. This is only needed
+% during the rotation, so there is just the one.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prop_new:N \l_coffin_bounding_prop
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_bounding_shift_dim}
+% The shift of the bounding box of a coffin from the real content.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_bounding_shift_dim
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_left_corner_dim}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_right_corner_dim}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_bottom_corner_dim}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_top_corner_dim}
+% These are used to hold maxima for the various corner values: these
+% thus define the minimum size of the bounding box after rotation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_left_corner_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_right_corner_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_bottom_corner_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_top_corner_dim
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_rotate:Nn, \coffin_rotate:cn}
+% Rotating a coffin requires several steps which can be conveniently
+% run together. The first step is to convert the angle given in degrees
+% to one in radians. This is then used to set \cs{l_coffin_sin_fp} and
+% \cs{l_coffin_cos_fp}, which are carried through unchanged for the rest
+% of the procedure.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_rotate:Nn #1#2
+ {
+ \fp_set:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_fp {#2}
+ \fp_div:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_fp { 180 }
+ \fp_mul:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_fp { \c_pi_fp }
+ \fp_sin:Nn \l_coffin_sin_fp { \l_coffin_tmp_fp }
+ \fp_cos:Nn \l_coffin_cos_fp { \l_coffin_tmp_fp }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The corners and poles of the coffin can now be rotated around the
+% origin. This is best achieved using mapping functions.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ { \coffin_rotate_corner:Nnnn #1 {##1} ##2 }
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ { \coffin_rotate_pole:Nnnnnn #1 {##1} ##2 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The bounding box of the coffin needs to be rotated, and to do this
+% the corners have to be found first. They are then rotated in the same
+% way as the corners of the coffin material itself.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \coffin_set_bounding:N #1
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn \l_coffin_bounding_prop
+ { \coffin_rotate_bounding:nnn {##1} ##2 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% At this stage, there needs to be a calculation to find where the
+% corners of the content and the box itself will end up.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \coffin_find_corner_maxima:N #1
+ \coffin_find_bounding_shift:
+%<*initex>
+ \hbox_set:Nn #1 { \box_rotate:Nn #1 {#2} } % TODO
+%</initex>
+%<*package>
+ \hbox_set:Nn #1 { \rotatebox {#2} { \box_use:N #1 } }
+%</package>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The correction of the box position itself takes place here. The idea
+% is that the bounding box for a coffin is tight up to the content, and
+% has the reference point at the bottom-left. The $x$-direction is
+% handled by moving the content by the difference in the positions of
+% the bounding box and the content left edge. The $y$-direction is
+% dealt with by moving the box down by any depth it has acquired.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \hbox_set:Nn #1
+ {
+ \tex_kern:D \l_coffin_bounding_shift_dim
+ \tex_kern:D -\l_coffin_left_corner_dim
+ \box_move_down:nn { \l_coffin_bottom_corner_dim }
+ { \box_use:N #1 }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% If there have been any previous rotations then the size of the
+% bounding box will be bigger than the contents. This can be corrected
+% easily by setting the size of the box to the height and width of the
+% content.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \box_set_ht:Nn #1
+ { \l_coffin_top_corner_dim - \l_coffin_bottom_corner_dim }
+ \box_set_dp:Nn #1 { 0 pt }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn #1
+ { \l_coffin_right_corner_dim - \l_coffin_left_corner_dim }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% The final task is to move the poles and corners such that they are
+% back in alignment with the box reference point.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ { \coffin_shift_corner:Nnnn #1 {##1} ##2 }
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ { \coffin_shift_pole:Nnnnnn #1 {##1} ##2 }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_rotate:Nn { c }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_set_bounding:N}
+% The bounding box corners for a coffin are easy enough to find: this
+% is the same code as for the corners of the material itself, but
+% using a dedicated property list.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_set_bounding:N #1
+ {
+ \prop_put:Nnx \l_coffin_bounding_prop { tl }
+ { { 0 pt } { \dim_use:N \box_ht:N #1 } }
+ \prop_put:Nnx \l_coffin_bounding_prop { tr }
+ { { \dim_use:N \box_wd:N #1 } { \dim_use:N \box_ht:N #1 } }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_dim { - \box_dp:N #1 }
+ \prop_put:Nnx \l_coffin_bounding_prop { bl }
+ { { 0 pt } { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_tmp_dim } }
+ \prop_put:Nnx \l_coffin_bounding_prop { br }
+ { { \dim_use:N \box_wd:N #1 } { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_tmp_dim } }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_rotate_bounding:nnn}
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_rotate_corner:Nnnn}
+% Rotating the position of the corner of the coffin is just a case
+% of treating this as a vector from the reference point. The same
+% treatment is used for the corners of the material itself and the
+% bounding box.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_rotate_bounding:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \coffin_rotate_vector:nnNN {#2} {#3} \l_coffin_x_dim \l_coffin_y_dim
+ \prop_put:Nnx \l_coffin_bounding_prop {#1}
+ { { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_x_dim } { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_y_dim } }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_rotate_corner:Nnnn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \coffin_rotate_vector:nnNN {#3} {#4} \l_coffin_x_dim \l_coffin_y_dim
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } {#2}
+ { { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_x_dim } { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_y_dim } }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_rotate_pole:Nnnnnn}
+% Rotating a single pole simply means shifting the co-ordinate of
+% the pole and its direction. The rotation here is about the bottom-left
+% corner of the coffin.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_rotate_pole:Nnnnnn #1#2#3#4#5#6
+ {
+ \coffin_rotate_vector:nnNN {#3} {#4} \l_coffin_x_dim \l_coffin_y_dim
+ \coffin_rotate_vector:nnNN {#5} {#6}
+ \l_coffin_x_prime_dim \l_coffin_y_prime_dim
+ \coffin_set_pole:Nnx #1 {#2}
+ {
+ { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_x_dim } { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_y_dim }
+ { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_x_prime_dim }
+ { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_y_prime_dim }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_rotate_vector:nnNN}
+% A rotation function, which needs only an input vector (as dimensions)
+% and an output space. The values \cs{l_coffin_cos_fp} and
+% \cs{l_coffin_sin_fp} should previously have been set up correctly.
+% Working this way means that the floating point work is kept to a
+% minimum: for any given rotation the sin and cosine values do no
+% change, after all.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_rotate_vector:nnNN #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_x_fp {#1}
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_y_fp {#2}
+ \fp_set_eq:NN \l_coffin_x_prime_fp \l_coffin_x_fp
+ \fp_set_eq:NN \l_coffin_tmp_fp \l_coffin_y_fp
+ \fp_mul:Nn \l_coffin_x_prime_fp { \l_coffin_cos_fp }
+ \fp_mul:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_fp { \l_coffin_sin_fp }
+ \fp_sub:Nn \l_coffin_x_prime_fp { \l_coffin_tmp_fp }
+ \fp_set_eq:NN \l_coffin_y_prime_fp \l_coffin_y_fp
+ \fp_set_eq:NN \l_coffin_tmp_fp \l_coffin_x_fp
+ \fp_mul:Nn \l_coffin_y_prime_fp { \l_coffin_cos_fp }
+ \fp_mul:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_fp { \l_coffin_sin_fp }
+ \fp_add:Nn \l_coffin_y_prime_fp { \l_coffin_tmp_fp }
+ \dim_set:Nn #3 { \fp_to_dim:N \l_coffin_x_prime_fp }
+ \dim_set:Nn #4 { \fp_to_dim:N \l_coffin_y_prime_fp }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_find_corner_maxima:N}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\coffin_find_corner_maxima_aux:nn}
+% The idea here is to find the extremities of the content of the
+% coffin. This is done by looking for the smallest values for the bottom
+% and left corners, and the largest values for the top and right
+% corners. The values start at the maximum dimensions so that the
+% case where all are positive or all are negative works out correctly.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_find_corner_maxima:N #1
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_top_corner_dim { -\c_max_dim }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_right_corner_dim { -\c_max_dim }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_bottom_corner_dim { \c_max_dim }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_left_corner_dim { \c_max_dim }
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ { \coffin_find_corner_maxima_aux:nn ##2 }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_find_corner_maxima_aux:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \dim_set_min:Nn \l_coffin_left_corner_dim {#1}
+ \dim_set_max:Nn \l_coffin_right_corner_dim {#1}
+ \dim_set_min:Nn \l_coffin_bottom_corner_dim {#2}
+ \dim_set_max:Nn \l_coffin_top_corner_dim {#2}
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_find_bounding_shift:}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\coffin_find_bounding_shift_aux:nn}
+% The approach to finding the shift for the bounding box is similar to
+% that for the corners. However, there is only one value needed here and
+% a fixed input property list, so things are a bit clearer.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_find_bounding_shift:
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_bounding_shift_dim { \c_max_dim }
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn \l_coffin_bounding_prop
+ { \coffin_find_bounding_shift_aux:nn ##2 }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_find_bounding_shift_aux:nn #1#2
+ { \dim_set_min:Nn \l_coffin_bounding_shift_dim {#1} }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_shift_corner:Nnnn}
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_shift_pole:Nnnnnn}
+% Shifting the corners and poles of a coffin means subtracting the
+% appropriate values from the $x$- and $y$-components. For
+% the poles, this means that the direction vector is unchanged.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_shift_corner:Nnnn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _ prop } {#2}
+ {
+ { \dim_eval:n { #3 - \l_coffin_left_corner_dim } }
+ { \dim_eval:n { #4 - \l_coffin_bottom_corner_dim } }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_shift_pole:Nnnnnn #1#2#3#4#5#6
+ {
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _ prop } {#2}
+ {
+ { \dim_eval:n { #3 - \l_coffin_left_corner_dim } }
+ { \dim_eval:n { #4 - \l_coffin_bottom_corner_dim } }
+ {#5} {#6}
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Coffin diagnostics}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_display_coffin}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_display_coord_coffin}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_display_pole_coffin}
+% Used for printing coffins with data structures attached.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\coffin_new:N \l_coffin_display_coffin
+\coffin_new:N \l_coffin_display_coord_coffin
+\coffin_new:N \l_coffin_display_pole_coffin
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_display_handles_prop}
+% This property list is used to print coffin handles at suitable
+% positions. The offsets are expressed as multiples of the basic offset
+% value, which therefore acts as a scale-factor.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prop_new:N \l_coffin_display_handles_prop
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { tl }
+ { { b } { r } { -1 } { 1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { thc }
+ { { b } { hc } { 0 } { 1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { tr }
+ { { b } { l } { 1 } { 1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { vcl }
+ { { vc } { r } { -1 } { 0 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { vchc }
+ { { vc } { hc } { 0 } { 0 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { vcr }
+ { { vc } { l } { 1 } { 0 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { bl }
+ { { t } { r } { -1 } { -1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { bhc }
+ { { t } { hc } { 0 } { -1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { br }
+ { { t } { l } { 1 } { -1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { Tl }
+ { { t } { r } { -1 } { -1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { Thc }
+ { { t } { hc } { 0 } { -1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { Tr }
+ { { t } { l } { 1 } { -1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { Hl }
+ { { vc } { r } { -1 } { 1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { Hhc }
+ { { vc } { hc } { 0 } { 1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { Hr }
+ { { vc } { l } { 1 } { 1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { Bl }
+ { { b } { r } { -1 } { -1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { Bhc }
+ { { b } { hc } { 0 } { -1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { Br }
+ { { b } { l } { 1 } { -1 } }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_display_offset_dim}
+% The standard offset for the label from the handle position when
+% displaying handles.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_display_offset_dim
+\dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_display_offset_dim { 2 pt }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_display_x_dim}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_display_y_dim}
+% As the intersections of poles have to be calculated to find which
+% ones to print, there is a need to avoid repetition. This is done
+% by saving the intersection into two dedicated values.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_display_x_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_display_y_dim
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_display_poles_prop}
+% A property list for printing poles: various things need to be deleted
+% from this to get a \enquote{nice} output.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prop_new:N \l_coffin_display_poles_prop
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_display_font_tl}
+% Stores the settings used to print coffin data: this keeps things
+% flexible.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_coffin_display_font_tl
+%<*initex>
+\tl_set:Nn \l_coffin_display_font_tl { } % TODO
+%</initex>
+%<*package>
+\tl_set:Nn \l_coffin_display_font_tl { \sffamily \tiny }
+%</package>
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_coffin_handles_tmp_prop}
+% Used for displaying coffins, as the handles need to be stored in this
+% case, at least temporarily.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prop_new:N \l_coffin_handles_tmp_prop
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_mark_handle:Nnnn, \coffin_mark_handle:cnnn}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\coffin_mark_handle_aux:nnnnNnn}
+% Marking a single handle is relatively easy. The standard attachment
+% function is used, meaning that there are two calculations for the
+% location. However, this is likely to be okay given the load expected.
+% Contrast with the more optimised version for showing all handles which
+% comes next.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_mark_handle:Nnnn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \hcoffin_set:Nn \l_coffin_display_pole_coffin
+ {
+%<*initex>
+ \hbox:n { \tex_vrule:D width 1 pt height 1 pt \scan_stop: } % TODO
+%</initex>
+%<*package>
+ \color {#4}
+ \rule { 1 pt } { 1 pt }
+%</package>
+ }
+ \coffin_attach_mark:NnnNnnnn #1 {#2} {#3}
+ \l_coffin_display_pole_coffin { hc } { vc } { 0 pt } { 0 pt }
+ \hcoffin_set:Nn \l_coffin_display_coord_coffin
+ {
+%<*initex>
+ % TODO
+%</initex>
+%<*package>
+ \color {#4}
+%</package>
+ \l_coffin_display_font_tl
+ ( \tl_to_str:n { #2 , #3 } )
+ }
+ \prop_get:NnN \l_coffin_display_handles_prop
+ { #2 #3 } \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ \quark_if_no_value:NTF \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ {
+ \prop_get:NnN \l_coffin_display_handles_prop
+ { #3 #2 } \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ \quark_if_no_value:NTF \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ {
+ \coffin_attach_mark:NnnNnnnn #1 {#2} {#3}
+ \l_coffin_display_coord_coffin { l } { vc }
+ { 1 pt } { 0 pt }
+ }
+ {
+ \exp_last_unbraced:No \coffin_mark_handle_aux:nnnnNnn
+ \l_coffin_tmp_tl #1 {#2} {#3}
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ \exp_last_unbraced:No \coffin_mark_handle_aux:nnnnNnn
+ \l_coffin_tmp_tl #1 {#2} {#3}
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_mark_handle_aux:nnnnNnn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7
+ {
+ \coffin_attach_mark:NnnNnnnn #5 {#6} {#7}
+ \l_coffin_display_coord_coffin {#1} {#2}
+ { #3 \l_coffin_display_offset_dim }
+ { #4 \l_coffin_display_offset_dim }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_mark_handle:Nnnn { c }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_display_handles:Nn, \coffin_display_handles:cn}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\coffin_display_handles_aux:nnnnnn}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\coffin_display_handles_aux:nnnn}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\coffin_display_attach:Nnnnn}
+% Printing the poles starts by removing any duplicates, for which the
+% \texttt{H} poles is used as the definitive version for the baseline
+% and bottom. Two loops are then used to find the combinations of
+% handles for all of these poles. This is done such that poles are
+% removed during the loops to avoid duplication.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_display_handles:Nn #1#2
+ {
+ \hcoffin_set:Nn \l_coffin_display_pole_coffin
+ {
+%<*initex>
+ \hbox:n { \tex_vrule:D width 1 pt height 1 pt \scan_stop: } % TODO
+%</initex>
+%<*package>
+ \color {#2}
+ \rule { 1 pt } { 1 pt }
+%</package>
+ }
+ \prop_set_eq:Nc \l_coffin_display_poles_prop
+ { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ \coffin_get_pole:NnN #1 { H } \l_coffin_pole_a_tl
+ \coffin_get_pole:NnN #1 { T } \l_coffin_pole_b_tl
+ \tl_if_eq:NNT \l_coffin_pole_a_tl \l_coffin_pole_b_tl
+ { \prop_del:Nn \l_coffin_display_poles_prop { T } }
+ \coffin_get_pole:NnN #1 { B } \l_coffin_pole_b_tl
+ \tl_if_eq:NNT \l_coffin_pole_a_tl \l_coffin_pole_b_tl
+ { \prop_del:Nn \l_coffin_display_poles_prop { B } }
+ \coffin_set_eq:NN \l_coffin_display_coffin #1
+ \prop_clear:N \l_coffin_handles_tmp_prop
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn \l_coffin_display_poles_prop
+ {
+ \prop_del:Nn \l_coffin_display_poles_prop {##1}
+ \coffin_display_handles_aux:nnnnnn {##1} ##2 {#2}
+ }
+ \box_use:N \l_coffin_display_coffin
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% For each pole there is a check for an intersection, which here does
+% not give an error if none is found. The successful values are stored
+% and used to align the pole coffin with the main coffin for output.
+% The positions are recovered from the preset list if available.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_display_handles_aux:nnnnnn #1#2#3#4#5#6
+ {
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn \l_coffin_display_poles_prop
+ {
+ \bool_set_false:N \l_coffin_error_bool
+ \coffin_calculate_intersection:nnnnnnnn {#2} {#3} {#4} {#5} ##2
+ \bool_if:NF \l_coffin_error_bool
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_display_x_dim { \l_coffin_x_dim }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_display_y_dim { \l_coffin_y_dim }
+ \coffin_display_attach:Nnnnn
+ \l_coffin_display_pole_coffin { hc } { vc }
+ { 0 pt } { 0 pt }
+ \hcoffin_set:Nn \l_coffin_display_coord_coffin
+ {
+%<*initex>
+ % TODO
+%</initex>
+%<*package>
+ \color {#6}
+%</package>
+ \l_coffin_display_font_tl
+ ( \tl_to_str:n { #1 , ##1 } )
+ }
+ \prop_get:NnN \l_coffin_display_handles_prop
+ { #1 ##1 } \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ \quark_if_no_value:NTF \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ {
+ \prop_get:NnN \l_coffin_display_handles_prop
+ { ##1 #1 } \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ \quark_if_no_value:NTF \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ {
+ \coffin_display_attach:Nnnnn
+ \l_coffin_display_coord_coffin { l } { vc }
+ { 1 pt } { 0 pt }
+ }
+ {
+ \exp_last_unbraced:No
+ \coffin_display_handles_aux:nnnn
+ \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ \exp_last_unbraced:No \coffin_display_handles_aux:nnnn
+ \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_display_handles_aux:nnnn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \coffin_display_attach:Nnnnn
+ \l_coffin_display_coord_coffin {#1} {#2}
+ { #3 \l_coffin_display_offset_dim }
+ { #4 \l_coffin_display_offset_dim }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_display_handles:Nn { c }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% This is a dedicated version of \cs{coffin_attach:NnnNnnnn} with
+% a hard-wired first coffin. As the intersection is already known
+% and stored for the display coffin the code simply uses it directly,
+% with no calculation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_display_attach:Nnnnn #1#2#3#4#5
+ {
+ \coffin_calculate_intersection:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3}
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_x_prime_dim { \l_coffin_x_dim }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_y_prime_dim { \l_coffin_y_dim }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_offset_x_dim
+ { \l_coffin_display_x_dim - \l_coffin_x_prime_dim + #4 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_offset_y_dim
+ { \l_coffin_display_y_dim - \l_coffin_y_prime_dim + #5 }
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ {
+ \box_use:N \l_coffin_display_coffin
+ \tex_kern:D -\box_wd:N \l_coffin_display_coffin
+ \tex_kern:D \l_coffin_offset_x_dim
+ \box_move_up:nn { \l_coffin_offset_y_dim } { \box_use:N #1 }
+ }
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ { \box_ht:N \l_coffin_display_coffin }
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ { \box_dp:N \l_coffin_display_coffin }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ { \box_wd:N \l_coffin_display_coffin }
+ \box_set_eq:NN \l_coffin_display_coffin \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\coffin_show_structure:N, \coffin_show_structure:c}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\coffin_show_aux:n}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\coffin_show_aux:w}
+% For showing the various internal structures attached to a coffin in
+% a way that keeps things relatively readable. If there is no apparent
+% structure then the code complains.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_show_structure:N #1
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ {
+ \iow_term:x
+ {
+ \iow_newline:
+ Size~of~coffin~\token_to_str:N #1 : \iow_newline:
+ > ~ ht~=~\dim_use:N \box_ht:N #1 \iow_newline:
+ > ~ dp~=~\dim_use:N \box_dp:N #1 \iow_newline:
+ > ~ wd~=~\dim_use:N \box_wd:N #1 \iow_newline:
+ }
+ \iow_term:x { Poles~of~coffin~\token_to_str:N #1 : }
+ \tl_set:Nx \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ {
+ \prop_map_function:cN
+ { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ \coffin_show_aux:nn
+ }
+ \etex_showtokens:D \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN
+ { \exp_after:wN \coffin_show_aux:w \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+ }
+ {
+ \iow_term:x { ---~No~poles~found~--- }
+ \tl_show:n { Is~this~really~a~coffin? }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \coffin_show_aux:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \iow_newline: > \c_space_tl \c_space_tl
+ #1 \c_space_tl \c_space_tl => \c_space_tl \c_space_tl \exp_not:n {#2}
+ }
+\cs_new_nopar:Npn \coffin_show_aux:w #1 > ~ { }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_show_structure:N { c }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Messages}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\msg_kernel_new:nnnn { coffin } { no-pole-intersection }
+ { No~intersection~between~coffin~poles. }
+ {
+ \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl
+ LaTeX~was~asked~to~find~the~intersection~between~two~poles,~
+ but~they~do~not~have~a~unique~meeting~point:~
+ the~value~(0~pt,~0~pt)~will~be~used.
+ }
+\msg_kernel_new:nnnn { coffin } { unknown-coffin }
+ { Unknown~coffin~'#1'. }
+ { The~coffin~'#1'~was~never~defined. }
+\msg_kernel_new:nnnn { coffin } { unknown-coffin-pole }
+ { Pole~'#1'~unknown~for~coffin~'#2'. }
+ {
+ \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl
+ LaTeX~was~asked~to~find~a~typesetting~pole~for~a~coffin,~
+ but~either~the~coffin~does~not~exist~or~the~pole~name~is~wrong.
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macrocode}
+%</initex|package>
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \end{implementation}
+%
+% \PrintIndex \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.dtx
index ed8f421b259..7bc2ffb5687 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.dtx
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Do not distribute a modified version of this file.
% \end{macrocode}
%
%<*driver|class>
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3doc.dtx 2601 2011-08-16 23:20:27Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3doc.dtx 2674 2011-08-27 19:43:44Z mittelba $
{L3 Experimental documentation class}
%</driver|class>
%
@@ -180,7 +180,11 @@ Do not distribute a modified version of this file.
%
% \section{Problems \& Todo}
%
-% Problems at the moment: (1)~not flexible in the types of things that can be documented; (2)~very nonstandard markup (e.g., the odd `"/ (...)"' tags; (3)~no obvious link between the "\begin{function}" environment for documenting things to the "\begin{macro}" function that's used analogously in the implementation.
+% Problems at the moment: (1)~not flexible in the types of things that
+% can be documented; (2)~very nonstandard markup (e.g., the odd `"/
+% (...)"' tags; (3)~no obvious link between the "\begin{function}"
+% environment for documenting things to the "\begin{macro}" function
+% that's used analogously in the implementation.
%
% The "macro" should probably be renamed to "function" when it is used within
% an implementation section. But they should have the same syntax before that happens!
@@ -480,7 +484,7 @@ Do not distribute a modified version of this file.
Frank~Mittelbach,~Denys~Duchier,~Chris~Rowley,~
Rainer~Sch\"opf,~Johannes~Braams,~Michael~Downes,~
David~Carlisle,~Alan~Jeffrey,~Morten~H\o{}gholm,~Thomas~Lotze,~
- Javier~Bezos,~Will~Robertson,~Joseph~Wright}}
+ Javier~Bezos,~Will~Robertson,~Joseph~Wright,~Bruno~Le~Floch}}
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \subsection{Options and configuration}
@@ -628,6 +632,29 @@ Do not distribute a modified version of this file.
\setlength \parskip { \medskipamount }
% \end{macrocode}
%
+%
+% Customise TOC (as we have so many sections). Different design and/or
+% structure is called for ):
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_set_nopar:Npn \l@section #1#2 {
+ \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@
+ \addpenalty\@secpenalty
+ \addvspace{1.0em \@plus\p@}
+ \setlength\@tempdima{2.5em} % was 1.5em
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+ \leavevmode \bfseries
+ \advance\leftskip\@tempdima
+ \hskip -\leftskip
+ #1\nobreak\hfil \nobreak\hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
+ \endgroup
+ \fi}
+\cs_set_nopar:Npn\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{2.5em}{2.3em}} % #2 = 1.5em
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+
+%
% \subsection{Text markup}
%
% Make "|" and |"| be `short verb' characters, but not in
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3file.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3file.dtx
index 7ec9de82c5e..d124905c547 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3file.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3file.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3file.dtx 2478 2011-06-19 21:34:23Z joseph $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3file.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental file operations}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -94,10 +94,7 @@
% \end{syntax}
% Searches for \meta{file name} using the current \TeX{} search
% path and the additional paths controlled by
-% \cs{file_path_include:n}). The branching versions then leave
-% either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input stream,
-% as appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of the
-% function chosen.
+% \cs{file_path_include:n}).
% \begin{texnote}
% The \meta{file name} may contain both literal items and expandable
% content, which should on full expansion be the desired file name.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3format.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3format.ins
deleted file mode 100644
index 562695271fa..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3format.ins
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-\iffalse meta-comment
-
-File l3format.ins Copyright (C) 2011 The LaTeX3 Project
-
-It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
-LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
-license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
-of this license is in the file
-
- http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-
-This file is part of the "expl3 bundle" (The Work in LPPL)
-and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
-
-The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN.
-
-\fi
-
-\input docstrip.tex
-\askforoverwritefalse
-
-\preamble
-
-EXPERIMENTAL CODE
-
-Do not distribute this file without also distributing the
-source files specified above.
-
-Do not distribute a modified version of this file.
-
-\endpreamble
-% stop docstrip adding \endinput
-\postamble
-\endpostamble
-
-\keepsilent
-
-\generate
- {
- \file{l3format.ltx}
- {
- \from{l3bootstrap.dtx}{initex}
- \from{l3names.dtx} {initex}
- \from{l3basics.dtx} {initex}
- \from{l3expan.dtx} {initex}
- \from{l3tl.dtx} {initex}
- \from{l3seq.dtx} {initex}
- % ===== FORMAT ONLY ======
- \from{l3alloc.dtx} {initex}
- % ========================
- \from{l3int.dtx} {initex}
- \from{l3quark.dtx} {initex}
- \from{l3prg.dtx} {initex}
- \from{l3clist.dtx} {initex}
- \from{l3token.dtx} {initex}
- \from{l3prop.dtx} {initex}
- \from{l3msg.dtx} {initex}
- \from{l3io.dtx} {initex}
- \from{l3file.dtx} {initex}
- \from{l3skip.dtx} {initex}
- \from{l3box.dtx} {initex}
- \from{l3keyval.dtx} {initex}
- \from{l3keys.dtx} {initex}
- \from{l3fp.dtx} {initex}
- \from{l3luatex.dtx} {initex}
- % ===== FORMAT ONLY ======
- \from{l3final.dtx} {initex}
- % ========================
- }
- }
-
-\endbatchfile \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx
index 36ac323debd..69646c165a1 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3fp.dtx 2478 2011-06-19 21:34:23Z joseph $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3fp.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental floating-point operations}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -328,11 +328,7 @@
% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if \meta{floating point} is undefined (\emph{i.e.}~equal to the
-% special \cs{c_undefined_fp} variable). The branching versions then
-% leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input
-% stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of
-% the function chosen. The logical truth of the test is left in the
-% input stream by the predicate version.
+% special \cs{c_undefined_fp} variable).
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP]{\fp_if_zero:N}
@@ -341,11 +337,7 @@
% \cs{fp_if_zero:NTF} \meta{fixed-point} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if \meta{floating point} is equal to zero (\emph{i.e.}~equal to
-% the special \cs{c_zero_fp} variable). The branching versions then
-% leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input
-% stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of
-% the function chosen. The logical truth of the test is left in the
-% input stream by the predicate version.
+% the special \cs{c_zero_fp} variable).
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[TF]{\fp_compare:nNn}
@@ -363,9 +355,7 @@
% Less than & |<| \\
% \end{tabular}
% \end{center}
-% Either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} is then left in the
-% input stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant
-% of the function chosen. The tests treat undefined floating points as
+% The tests treat undefined floating points as
% zero as the comparison is intended for real numbers only.
% \end{function}
%
@@ -387,9 +377,7 @@
% Not equal & |!=| \\
% \end{tabular}
% \end{center}
-% Either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} is then left in the
-% input stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant
-% of the function chosen. The tests treat undefined floating points as
+% The tests treat undefined floating points as
% zero as the comparison is intended for real numbers only.
% \end{function}
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3int.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3int.dtx
index 0719e0e86df..c0b8c5b0179 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3int.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3int.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3int.dtx 2600 2011-08-16 22:31:24Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3int.dtx 2666 2011-08-26 06:10:09Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental integers}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -336,11 +336,6 @@
% Less than & |<| \\
% \end{tabular}
% \end{center}
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth
-% of the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical
-% truth of the test is left in the input stream by the predicate
-% version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\int_compare:n}
@@ -364,11 +359,6 @@
% Not equal & |!=| \\
% \end{tabular}
% \end{center}
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth
-% of the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical
-% truth of the test is left in the input stream by the predicate
-% version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\int_if_even:n, \int_if_odd:n}
@@ -379,11 +369,7 @@
% \end{syntax}
% This function first evaluates the \meta{integer expression}
% as described for \cs{int_eval:n}. It then evaluates if this
-% is odd or even, as appropriate. The branching versions then leave
-% either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input stream,
-% as appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of the
-% function chosen. The logical truth of the test is left in the input
-% stream by the predicate version.
+% is odd or even, as appropriate.
% \end{function}
%
% \section{Integer expression loops}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3io.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3io.dtx
index 7b6879ba613..f89c10d2562 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3io.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3io.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3io.dtx 2595 2011-08-16 00:58:34Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3io.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental input-output operations}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -349,11 +349,7 @@
% Tests if the end of a \meta{stream} has been reached during a reading
% operation. The test will also return a \texttt{true} value if
% the \meta{stream} is not open or the \meta{file name} associated with
-% a \meta{stream} does not exist at all. The branching versions then
-% leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input
-% stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of
-% the function chosen. The logical truth of the test is left in the
-% input stream by the predicate version.
+% a \meta{stream} does not exist at all.
%\end{function}
%
% \section{Internal input--output functions}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx
index df988bea954..0325817636e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3keys.dtx 2568 2011-08-14 05:03:32Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3keys.dtx 2677 2011-08-28 06:54:22Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental key-value interfaces}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -189,15 +189,55 @@
% does not exist, it will be created at the point that the key is
% set up. The \meta{boolean} will be assigned globally.
% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{.bool_set_inverse:N}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \meta{key} .bool_set_inverse:N = \meta{boolean}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Defines \meta{key} to set \meta{boolean} to the logical
+% inverse of \meta{value} (which must be either \texttt{true} or
+% \texttt{false}).
+% If the \meta{boolean} does not exist, it will be created at the point
+% that the key is set up. The \meta{boolean} will be assigned locally.
+%
+% \textbf{This property is experimental.}
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{.bool_gset_inverse:N}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \meta{key} .bool_gset_inverse:N = \meta{boolean}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Defines \meta{key} to set \meta{boolean} to the logical
+% inverse of \meta{value} (which must be either \texttt{true} or
+% \texttt{false}).
+% If the \meta{boolean} does not exist, it will be created at the point
+% that the key is set up. The \meta{boolean} will be assigned globally.
+%
+% \textbf{This property is experimental.}
+% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}{.choice:}
% \begin{syntax}
% \meta{key} .choice:
% \end{syntax}
-% Sets \meta{key} to act as a multiple choice key. Each valid choice
+% Sets \meta{key} to act as a choice key. Each valid choice
% for \meta{key} must then be created, as discussed in
% section~\ref{sec:choice}.
% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{.choices:nn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \meta{key} .choices:nn \meta{choices} \meta{code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Sets \meta{key} to act as a choice key, and defines a series \meta{choices}
+% which are implemented using the \meta{code}. Inside \meta{code},
+% \cs{l_keys_choice_tl} will be the name of the choice made, and
+% \cs{l_keys_choice_int} will be the position of the choice in the list
+% of \meta{choices} (indexed from $0$).
+% Choices are discussed in detail in section~\ref{sec:choice}.
+%
+% \textbf{This property is experimental.}
+% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}{.choice_code:n, .choice_code:x}
% \begin{syntax}
@@ -325,6 +365,32 @@
% is used, then the value will be passed through to the subsidiary
% \meta{keys} for processing (as |#1|).
% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{.multichoice:}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \meta{key} .multichoice:
+% \end{syntax}
+% Sets \meta{key} to act as a multiple choice key. Each valid choice
+% for \meta{key} must then be created, as discussed in
+% section~\ref{sec:choice}.
+%
+% \textbf{This property is experimental.}
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}{.multichoice:nn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \meta{key} .multichoice:nn \meta{choices} \meta{code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Sets \meta{key} to act as a multiple choice key, and defines a series
+% \meta{choices}
+% which are implemented using the \meta{code}. Inside \meta{code},
+% \cs{l_keys_choice_tl} will be the name of the choice made, and
+% \cs{l_keys_choice_int} will be the position of the choice in the list
+% of \meta{choices} (indexed from $0$).
+% Choices are discussed in detail in section~\ref{sec:choice}.
+%
+% \textbf{This property is experimental.}
+% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}{.skip_set:N, .skip_set:c}
% \begin{syntax}
@@ -427,10 +493,16 @@
% As will be illustrated in the next section, this subdivision is
% particularly relevant to making multiple choices.
%
-% \section{Multiple choice keys}
+% \section{Choice and multiple choice keys}
% \label{sec:choice}
%
-% Multiple choices are created by setting the \texttt{.choice:}
+% The \pkg{l3keys} system supports two types of choice key, in which a series
+% of pre-defined input values are linked to varying implementations. Choice
+% keys are usually created so that the various values are mutually-exclusive:
+% only one can apply at any one time. \enquote{Multiple} choice keys are also
+% supported: these allow a selection of values to be chosen at the same time.
+%
+% Mutually-exclusive choices are created by setting the \texttt{.choice:}
% property:
% \begin{verbatim}
% \keys_define:nn { module }
@@ -460,13 +532,34 @@
% }
% \end{verbatim}
% Following common computing practice, \cs{l_keys_choice_int} is
-% indexed from $0$ (as an offset), so that the value of
+% indexed from $0$ (as an offset), so that the value of
% \cs{l_keys_choice_int} for the first choice in a list will be
% zero.
+%
+% The same approach is also implemented by the \emph{experimental}
+% property \texttt{.choices:nn}. This combines the functionality of
+% \texttt{.choice_code:n} and \texttt{.generate_choices:n} into one
+% property:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \keys_define:nn { module }
+% {
+% key .choices:nn =
+% { choice-a, choice-b, choice-c }
+% {
+% You~gave~choice~'\int_use:N \l_keys_choice_tl',~
+% which~is~in~position~
+% \int_use:N \l_keys_choice_int \c_space_tl
+% in~the~list.
+% }
+% }
+% \end{verbatim}
+% Note that the \texttt{.choices:nn} property should \emph{not} be mixed with
+% use of \texttt{.generate_choices:n}.
%
% \begin{variable}{\l_keys_choice_int, \l_keys_choice_tl}
% Inside the code block for a choice generated using
-% \texttt{.generate_choice:}, the variables \cs{l_keys_choice_tl} and
+% \texttt{.generate_choice:} or \texttt{.choices:nn},
+% the variables \cs{l_keys_choice_tl} and
% \cs{l_keys_choice_int} are available to indicate the name of the
% current choice, and its position in the comma list. The position
% is indexed from $0$.
@@ -479,7 +572,7 @@
% \begin{verbatim}
% \keys_define:nn { module }
% {
-% key .choice:n,
+% key .choice:,
% key / choice-a .code:n = code-a,
% key / choice-b .code:n = code-b,
% key / choice-c .code:n = code-c,
@@ -491,6 +584,48 @@
% These variables do not have defined behaviour when used outside of
% code created using \texttt{.generate_choices:n}
% (\emph{i.e.}~anything might happen).
+%
+% Multiple choices are created in a very similar manner to mutually-exclusive
+% choices, using the properties \texttt{.multichoice:} and
+% \texttt{.multichoices:nn}. As with mutually exclusive choices, multiple
+% choices are define as sub-keys. Thus both
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \keys_define:nn { module }
+% {
+% key .multichoices:nn =
+% { choice-a, choice-b, choice-c }
+% {
+% You~gave~choice~'\int_use:N \l_keys_choice_tl',~
+% which~is~in~position~
+% \int_use:N \l_keys_choice_int \c_space_tl
+% in~the~list.
+% }
+% }
+% \end{verbatim}
+% and
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \keys_define:nn { module }
+% {
+% key .multichoice:,
+% key / choice-a .code:n = code-a,
+% key / choice-b .code:n = code-b,
+% key / choice-c .code:n = code-c,
+% }
+%\end{verbatim}
+% are valid. The \texttt{.multichoices:nn} property causes
+% \cs{l_keys_choice_tl} and \cs{l_keys_choice_int} to be set in exactly
+% the same way as described for \texttt{.choices:nn}.
+%
+% When multiple choice keys are set, the value is treated as a comma-separated
+% list:
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \keys_set:nn { module }
+% {
+% key = { a , b , c } % 'key' defined as a multiple choice
+% }
+%\end{verbatim}
+% Each choice will be applied in turn, with the usual handling of unknown
+% values.
%
% \section{Setting keys}
%
@@ -501,9 +636,7 @@
% Parses the \meta{keyval list}, and sets those keys which are defined
% for \meta{module}. The behaviour on finding an unknown key can be set
% by defining a special \texttt{unknown} key: this will be illustrated
-% later. In contrast to \cs{keys_define:nn}, this function does check
-% category codes and ignore spaces, and is therefore suitable for user
-% input.
+% later.
% \end{function}
%
% If a key is not known, \cs{keys_set:nn} will look for a special
@@ -520,8 +653,7 @@
% \begin{variable}{\l_keys_key_tl}
% When processing an unknown key, the name of the key is available
% as \cs{l_keys_key_tl}. Note that this will have been processed
-% using \cs{tl_to_str:n}. The value passed to the key (if any) is
-% available as the macro parameter |#1|.
+% using \cs{tl_to_str:n}.
% \end{variable}
%
% \begin{variable}{\l_keys_path_tl}
@@ -529,22 +661,55 @@
% as \cs{l_keys_path_tl}. Note that this will have been processed
% using \cs{tl_to_str:n}.
% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_keys_value_tl}
+% When processing an unknown key, the value of the key is available as
+% \cs{l_keys_value_tl}. Note that this will be empty if no value was given
+% for the key.
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \section{Setting known keys only}
+%
+% The functionality described in this section is experimental and may be
+% altered or removed, depending on feedback.
+%
+% \begin{function}
+% {
+% \keys_set_known:nnN, \keys_set_known:nVN,
+% \keys_set_known:nvN, \keys_set_known:noN
+% }
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{keys_set_known:nn} \Arg{module} \Arg{keyval list} \meta{clist}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Parses the \meta{keyval list}, and sets those keys which are defined
+% for \meta{module}. Any keys which are unknown are not processed further
+% by the parser.
+% The key--value pairs for each \emph{unknown} key name will be
+% stored in the \meta{clist}.
+% \end{function}
%
% \section{Utility functions for keys}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\keys_if_exist:nn}
% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{keys_if_exist:nn} \meta{module} \meta{key}
-% \cs{keys_if_exist:nn} \meta{module} \meta{key}
+% \cs{keys_if_exist_p:nn} \meta{module} \meta{key}
+% \cs{keys_if_exist:nnTF} \meta{module} \meta{key}
% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{key} exists for \meta{module}, \emph{i.e.}~if any code
% has been defined for \meta{key}.
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth
-% of the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical
-% truth of the test is left in the input stream by the predicate
-% version.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\keys_if_choice_exist:nn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{keys_if_exist_p:nnn} \meta{module} \meta{key} \meta{choice}
+% \cs{keys_if_exist:nnnTF} \meta{module} \meta{key} \meta{choice}
+% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Tests if the \meta{choice} is defined for the \meta{key} within the
+% \meta{module},, \emph{i.e.}~if any code has been defined for
+% \meta{key}/\meta{choice}. The test is \texttt{false} if the \meta{key}
+% itself is not defined.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}{\keys_show:nn}
@@ -555,6 +720,78 @@
% \meta{key} for a \meta{module}.
% \end{function}
%
+% \section{Low-level interface for parsing key--val lists}
+%
+% To re-cap from earlier, a key--value list is input of the form
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% KeyOne = ValueOne ,
+% KeyTwo = ValueTwo ,
+% KeyThree
+% \end{verbatim}
+% where each key--value pair is separated by a comma from the rest of
+% the list, and each key--value pair does not necessarily contain an
+% equals sign or a value! Processing this type of input correctly
+% requires a number of careful steps, to correctly account for
+% braces, spaces and the category codes of separators.
+%
+% While the functions described earlier are used as a high-level interface
+% for processing such input, in especial circumstances you may wish to use
+% a lower-level approach.
+% The low-level parsing system converts a \meta{key--value list}
+% into \meta{keys} and associated \meta{values}. After the parsing phase
+% is completed, the resulting keys and values (or keys alone) are
+% available for further processing. This processing is not carried out by the
+% low-level parser itself, and so the parser requires the names of
+% two functions along with the key--value list. One function is
+% needed to process key--value pairs (\emph{i.e}~two arguments),
+% and a second function if required for keys given without arguments
+% (\emph{i.e.}~a single argument).
+%
+% The parser does not double |#| tokens or expand any input. The tokens
+% |=| and |,| are corrected so that the parser does not \enquote{miss}
+% any due to category code changes. Spaces are removed from the ends
+% of the keys and values. Values which are given in braces will have
+% exactly one set removed, thus
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% key = {value here},
+% \end{verbatim}
+% and
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% key = value here,
+% \end{verbatim}
+% are treated identically.
+%
+% \begin{function}{\keyval_parse:NNn}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{keyval_parse:NNn} \meta{function1} \meta{function2}
+% ~~\Arg{key--value list}
+% \end{syntax}
+% Parses the \meta{key--value list} into a series of \meta{keys} and
+% associated \meta{values}, or keys alone (if no \meta{value} was
+% given). \meta{function1} should take one argument, while
+% \meta{function2} should absorb two arguments. After
+% \cs{keyval_parse:NNn} has parsed the \meta{key--value list},
+% \meta{function1} will be used to process keys given with no value
+% and \meta{function2} will be used to process keys given with a
+% value. The order of the \meta{keys} in the \meta{key--value list}
+% will be preserved. Thus
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \keyval_parse:NNn \function:n \function:nn
+% { key1 = value1 , key2 = value2, key3 = , key4 }
+% \end{verbatim}
+% will be converted into an input stream
+% \begin{verbatim}
+% \function:nn { key1 } { value1 }
+% \function:nn { key2 } { value2 }
+% \function:nn { key3 } { }
+% \function:n { key4 }
+% \end{verbatim}
+% Note that there is a difference between an empty value (an equals
+% sign followed by nothing) and a missing value (no equals sign at
+% all).
+% \end{function}
+%
+%
% \end{documentation}
%
% \begin{implementation}
@@ -573,6 +810,239 @@
%</package>
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% \subsection{Low-level interface}
+%
+% For historical reasons this code uses the `keyval' module prefix.
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\g_keyval_level_int}
+% For nesting purposes an integer is needed for the current level.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\int_new:N \g_keyval_level_int
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_keyval_key_tl, \l_keyval_value_tl}
+% The current key name and value.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_keyval_key_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_keyval_value_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_keyval_sanitise_tl}
+% \begin{variable}{\l_keyval_parse_tl}
+% Token list variables for dealing with awkward category codes in the
+% input.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_keyval_sanitise_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_keyval_parse_tl
+% \end{macrocode}
+%\end{variable}
+%\end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\keyval_parse:n}
+% The parsing function first deals with the category codes for
+% |=| and |,|, so that there are no odd events. The input is then
+% handed off to the element by element system.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\group_begin:
+ \char_set_catcode_active:n { `\= }
+ \char_set_catcode_active:n { `\, }
+ \char_set_lccode:nn { `\8 } { `\= }
+ \char_set_lccode:nn { `\9 } { `\, }
+\tl_to_lowercase:n
+ {
+ \group_end:
+ \cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_parse:n #1
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \tl_clear:N \l_keyval_sanitise_tl
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_keyval_sanitise_tl {#1}
+ \tl_replace_all:Nnn \l_keyval_sanitise_tl { = } { 8 }
+ \tl_replace_all:Nnn \l_keyval_sanitise_tl { , } { 9 }
+ \tl_clear:N \l_keyval_parse_tl
+ \exp_after:wN \keyval_parse_elt:w \exp_after:wN
+ \q_no_value \l_keyval_sanitise_tl 9 \q_nil 9
+ \exp_after:wN \group_end:
+ \l_keyval_parse_tl
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\keyval_parse_elt:w}
+% Each item to be parsed will have \cs{q_no_value} added to the front.
+% Hence the blank test here can always be used to find a totally
+% empty argument. If this is the case, the system loops round. If there
+% is something to parse, there is a check for the \cs{q_nil} marker
+% and if not a hand-off.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_parse_elt:w #1 ,
+ {
+ \tl_if_blank:oTF { \use_none:n #1 }
+ { \keyval_parse_elt:w \q_no_value }
+ {
+ \quark_if_nil:oF { \use_ii:nn #1 }
+ {
+ \keyval_split_key_value:w #1 = = \q_stop
+ \keyval_parse_elt:w \q_no_value
+ }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\keyval_split_key_value:w}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\keyval_split_key_value_aux:wTF}
+% The key and value are handled separately. First the key is grabbed and
+% saved as \cs{l_keyval_key_tl}. Then a check is need to see if there is
+% a value at all: if not then the key name is simply added to the output.
+% If there is a value then there is a check to ensure that there was
+% only one |=| in the input (remembering some extra ones are around at
+% the moment to prevent errors). All being well, there is an
+% hand-off to find the value: the \cs{q_nil} is there to prevent loss
+% of braces.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_split_key_value:w #1 = #2 \q_stop
+ {
+ \keyval_split_key:w #1 \q_stop
+ \str_if_eq:nnTF {#2} { = }
+ {
+ \tl_put_right:Nx \l_keyval_parse_tl
+ {
+ \exp_not:c
+ { keyval_key_no_value_elt_ \int_use:N \g_keyval_level_int :n }
+ { \exp_not:o \l_keyval_key_tl }
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ \keyval_split_key_value_aux:wTF #2 \q_no_value \q_stop
+ { \keyval_split_value:w \q_nil #2 }
+ { \msg_kernel_error:nn { keyval } { misplaced-equals-sign } }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \keyval_split_key_value_aux:wTF #1 = #2#3 \q_stop
+ { \tl_if_head_eq_meaning:nNTF {#3} \q_no_value }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\keyval_split_key:w}
+% \begin{macro}{\keyval_remove_spaces:w}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\keyval_split_key_aux:w}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\keyval_remove_spaces_aux:w}
+% The aim here is to remove spaces and also exactly one set of braces.
+% The spaces are trimmed off from each end using a \enquote{funny}
+% |Q|, which will never turn up in normal use. The idea is that
+% the \texttt{f}-type expansion will stop if it finds an unexpandable
+% token or a space, and will gobble the space. To avoid expanding
+% anything else, the \cs{exp_not:N} works by ensuring that the first
+% non-space token in the setting will stop the \texttt{f}-type
+% expansion. The \cs{use_none:n} is needed to remove the leading
+% quark, while the second setting of \cs{l_keyval_key_tl}
+% removes exactly one set of braces.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\group_begin:
+ \char_set_catcode_math_toggle:n { `\Q }
+ \cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_split_key:w #1 \q_stop
+ {
+ \exp_args:NNf \tl_set:Nn \l_keyval_key_tl
+ {
+ \exp_after:wN \keyval_remove_spaces:w \exp_after:wN
+ \exp_not:N \use_none:n #1 Q ~ Q
+ }
+ \tl_set:Nx \l_keyval_key_tl
+ { \exp_after:wN \keyval_split_key_aux:w \l_keyval_key_tl \q_stop }
+ }
+ \cs_gset:Npn \keyval_split_key_aux:w #1 \q_stop { \exp_not:n {#1} }
+ \cs_gset:Npn \keyval_remove_spaces:w #1 ~ Q
+ { \keyval_remove_spaces_aux:w #1 Q }
+ \cs_gset:Npn \keyval_remove_spaces_aux:w #1 Q #2 {#1}
+\group_end:
+% \end{macrocode}
+% Fixme: use \cs{tl_trim_spaces} instead of the aux function above?
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\keyval_split_value:w}
+% Here the value has to be separated from the equals signs and the
+% leading \cs{q_nil} added in to keep the brace levels. Fist the
+% processing function can be added to the output list. If there is no
+% value, setting \cs{l_keyval_value_tl} with three groups removed will
+% leave nothing at all, and so an empty group can be added to the
+% parsed list. On the other hand, if the value is entirely contained
+% within a set of braces then \cs{l_keyval_value_tl} will contain
+% \cs{q_nil} only. In that case, strip off the leading quark using
+% \cs{use_ii:nnn}, which also deals with any spaces.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_split_value:w #1 = =
+ {
+ \tl_put_right:Nx \l_keyval_parse_tl
+ {
+ \exp_not:c
+ { keyval_key_value_elt_ \int_use:N \g_keyval_level_int :nn }
+ { \exp_not:o \l_keyval_key_tl }
+ }
+ \tl_set:Nx \l_keyval_value_tl
+ { \exp_not:o { \use_none:nnn #1 \q_nil \q_nil } }
+ \tl_if_empty:NTF \l_keyval_value_tl
+ { \tl_put_right:Nn \l_keyval_parse_tl { { } } }
+ {
+ \quark_if_nil:NTF \l_keyval_value_tl
+ {
+ \tl_put_right:Nx \l_keyval_parse_tl
+ { { \exp_not:o { \use_ii:nnn #1 \q_nil } } }
+ }
+ { \keyval_split_value_aux:w #1 \q_stop }
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% A similar idea to the key code: remove the spaces from each end and
+% deal with one set of braces.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\group_begin:
+ \char_set_catcode_math_toggle:n { `\Q }
+ \cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_split_value_aux:w \q_nil #1 \q_stop
+ {
+ \exp_args:NNf \tl_set:Nn \l_keyval_value_tl
+ { \keyval_remove_spaces:w \exp_not:N #1 Q ~ Q }
+ \tl_put_right:Nx \l_keyval_parse_tl
+ { { \exp_not:o \l_keyval_value_tl } }
+ }
+\group_end:
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\keyval_parse:NNn}
+% The outer parsing routine just sets up the processing functions and
+% hands off.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_parse:NNn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \int_gincr:N \g_keyval_level_int
+ \cs_gset_eq:cN
+ { keyval_key_no_value_elt_ \int_use:N \g_keyval_level_int :n } #1
+ \cs_gset_eq:cN
+ { keyval_key_value_elt_ \int_use:N \g_keyval_level_int :nn } #2
+ \keyval_parse:n {#3}
+ \int_gdecr:N \g_keyval_level_int
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% One message for the low level parsing system.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\msg_kernel_new:nnnn { keyval } { misplaced-equals-sign }
+ { Misplaced~equals~sign~in~key-value~input~\msg_line_number: }
+ {
+ LaTeX~is~attempting~to~parse~some~key-value~input~but~found~
+ two~equals~signs~not~separated~by~a~comma.
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
% \subsection{Constants and variables}
%
% \begin{variable}{\c_keys_code_root_tl, \c_keys_vars_root_tl}
@@ -644,6 +1114,13 @@
\tl_new:N \l_keys_property_tl
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
+%
+% \begin{variable}{\l_keys_unknown_clist}
+% Used when setting only known keys to store those left over.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\tl_new:N \l_keys_unknown_clist
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{variable}
%
% \begin{variable}{\l_keys_value_tl}
% The value given for a key: may be empty if no value was given.
@@ -785,6 +1262,27 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[int]{\keys_bool_set_inverse:NN}
+% Inverse boolean setting is much the same.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_nopar:Npn \keys_bool_set_inverse:NN #1#2
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:NF #1 { \bool_new:N #1 }
+ \keys_choice_make:
+ \keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl / true }
+ { \exp_not:c { bool_ #2 set_false:N } \exp_not:N #1 }
+ \keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl / false }
+ { \exp_not:c { bool_ #2 set_true:N } \exp_not:N #1 }
+ \keys_cmd_set:nn { \l_keys_path_tl / unknown }
+ {
+ \msg_kernel_error:nnx { keys } { boolean-values-only }
+ { \l_keys_key_tl }
+ }
+ \keys_default_set:n { true }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}[int]{\keys_choice_make:}
% To make a choice from a key, two steps: set the code, and set the
@@ -802,6 +1300,29 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[int]{\keys_choices_make:nn}
+% Auto-generating choices means setting up the root key as a choice, then
+% defining each choice in turn.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_choices_make:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \keys_choice_make:
+ \int_zero:N \l_keys_choice_int
+ \clist_map_inline:nn {#1}
+ {
+ \keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl / ##1 }
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \exp_not:N \l_keys_choice_tl {##1}
+ \int_set:Nn \exp_not:N \l_keys_choice_int
+ { \int_use:N \l_keys_choice_int }
+ \exp_not:n {#2}
+ }
+ \int_incr:N \l_keys_choice_int
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}[int]{\keys_choices_generate:n}
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\keys_choices_generate_aux:n}
@@ -826,8 +1347,8 @@
{
\keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl / #1 }
{
- \exp_not:n { \tl_set:Nn \l_keys_choice_tl } {#1}
- \exp_not:n { \int_set:Nn \l_keys_choice_int }
+ \tl_set:Nn \exp_not:N \l_keys_choice_tl {#1}
+ \int_set:Nn \exp_not:N \l_keys_choice_int
{ \int_use:N \l_keys_choice_int }
\exp_not:v
{ \c_keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code }
@@ -895,7 +1416,7 @@
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \keys_meta_make:n #1
{
\exp_args:NNo \keys_cmd_set:nn \l_keys_path_tl
- { \exp_after:wN \keys_set:nn \exp_after:wN { \l_keys_module_tl } {#1} }
+ { \exp_after:wN \keys_set:nn \exp_after:wN { \l_keys_module_tl } {#1} }
}
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \keys_meta_make:x #1
{
@@ -904,6 +1425,47 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[int]{\keys_multichoice_find:n}
+% \begin{macro}[int]{\keys_multichoice_make:}
+% \begin{macro}[int]{\keys_multichoices_make:nn}
+% Choices where several values can be selected are very similar to normal
+% exclusive choices. There is just a slight change in implementation to
+% map across a comma-separated list. This then requires that the appropriate
+% set up takes place elsewhere.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_nopar:Npn \keys_multichoice_find:n #1
+ { \clist_map_function:nN {#1} \keys_choice_find:n }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \keys_multichoice_make:
+ {
+ \keys_cmd_set:nn { \l_keys_path_tl }
+ { \keys_multichoice_find:n {##1} }
+ \keys_cmd_set:nn { \l_keys_path_tl / unknown }
+ {
+ \msg_kernel_error:nnxx { keys } { choice-unknown }
+ { \l_keys_path_tl } {##1}
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_multichoices_make:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \keys_multichoice_make:
+ \int_zero:N \l_keys_choice_int
+ \clist_map_inline:nn {#1}
+ {
+ \keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl / ##1 }
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \exp_not:N \l_keys_choice_tl {##1}
+ \int_set:Nn \exp_not:N \l_keys_choice_int
+ { \int_use:N \l_keys_choice_int }
+ \exp_not:n {#2}
+ }
+ \int_incr:N \l_keys_choice_int
+ }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}[int]{\keys_value_requirement:n}
% Values can be required or forbidden by having the appropriate marker
@@ -955,15 +1517,37 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{.bool_set_inverse:N}
+% \begin{macro}{.bool_gset_inverse:N}
+% One function for this.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn { \c_keys_props_root_tl .bool_set_inverse:N } #1
+ { \keys_bool_set_inverse:NN #1 { } }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn { \c_keys_props_root_tl .bool_gset_inverse:N } #1
+ { \keys_bool_set_inverse:NN #1 g }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{.choice:}
% Making a choice is handled internally, as it is also needed by
-% \texttt{.generate_choices:n}.
+% \texttt{.generate_choices:n}.
% \begin{macrocode}
\cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn { \c_keys_props_root_tl .choice: }
{ \keys_choice_make: }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{.choices:nn}
+% For auto-generation of a series of mutually-exclusive choices.
+% Here, |#1| will consist of two separate
+% arguments, hence the slightly odd-looking implementation.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_keys_props_root_tl .choices:nn } #1
+ { \keys_choices_make:nn #1 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{.code:n, .code:x}
% Creating code is simply a case of passing through to the underlying
@@ -1062,6 +1646,19 @@
{ \keys_meta_make:x {#1} }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{.multichoice:}
+% \begin{macro}{.multichoices:nn}
+% The same idea as \texttt{.choice:} and \texttt{.choices:nn}, but
+% where more than one choice is allowed.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn { \c_keys_props_root_tl .multichoice: }
+ { \keys_multichoice_make: }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_keys_props_root_tl .multichoices:nn } #1
+ { \keys_multichoices_make:nn #1 }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}{.skip_set:N, .skip_set:c}
% \begin{macro}{.skip_gset:N, .skip_gset:c}
@@ -1139,6 +1736,31 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}
+% {
+% \keys_set_known:nnN, \keys_set_known:nVN,
+% \keys_set_known:nvN, \keys_set_known:noN
+% }
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\keys_set_known_aux:nnnN, \keys_set_known_aux:onnN}
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_set_known:nnN
+ { \keys_set_known_aux:onnN { \l_keys_module_tl } }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_set_known_aux:nnnN #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_keys_module_tl {#2}
+ \clist_clear:N \l_keys_unknown_clist
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \keys_execute_unknown: \keys_execute_unknown_alt:
+ \keyval_parse:NNn \keys_set_elt:n \keys_set_elt:nn {#3}
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \keys_execute_unknown: \keys_execute_unknown_std:
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_keys_module_tl {#1}
+ \clist_set_eq:NN #4 \l_keys_unknown_clist
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \keys_set_known:nnN { nV , nv , no }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \keys_set_known_aux:nnnN { o }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}[int]{\keys_set_elt:n, \keys_set_elt:nn}
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\keys_set_elt_aux:nn}
@@ -1199,8 +1821,11 @@
{
\quark_if_no_value:cF { \c_keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .default }
{
- \tl_set_eq:Nc \l_keys_value_tl
- { \c_keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .default }
+ \cs_if_exist:cT { \c_keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .default }
+ {
+ \tl_set_eq:Nc \l_keys_value_tl
+ { \c_keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .default }
+ }
}
}
}
@@ -1222,7 +1847,12 @@
% \end{macro}
%
% \begin{macro}[int]{\keys_execute:}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\keys_execute_unknown:}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]
+% {
+% \keys_execute_unknown:,
+% \keys_execute_unknown_std:,
+% \keys_execute_unknown_alt:
+% }
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\keys_execute:nn}
% Actually executing a key is done in two parts. First, look for the
% key itself, then look for the \texttt{unknown} key with the same
@@ -1238,6 +1868,16 @@
{ \l_keys_path_tl } { \l_keys_module_tl }
}
}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \keys_execute_unknown_std: \keys_execute_unknown:
+\cs_new_nopar:Npn \keys_execute_unknown_alt:
+ {
+ \clist_put_right:Nx \l_keys_unknown_clist
+ {
+ \exp_not:o \l_keys_key_tl
+ \bool_if:NF \l_keys_no_value_bool
+ { = { \exp_not:o \l_keys_value_tl } }
+ }
+ }
\cs_new_nopar:Npn \keys_execute:nn #1#2
{
\cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_keys_code_root_tl #1 }
@@ -1252,7 +1892,7 @@
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}{\keys_choice_find:n}
+% \begin{macro}[int]{\keys_choice_find:n}
% Executing a choice has two parts. First, try the choice given, then
% if that fails call the unknown key. That will exist, as it is created
% when a choice is first made. So there is no need for any escape code.
@@ -1267,14 +1907,26 @@
%
% \subsection{Utilities}
%
-% \begin{macro}[pTF]{\keys_if_exist:nn}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP,pTF]{\keys_if_exist:nn}
% A utility for others to see if a key exists.
% \begin{macrocode}
\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \keys_if_exist:nn #1#2 { p , T , F , TF }
{
\cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_keys_code_root_tl #1 / #2 }
- { \prg_return_true:}
- { \prg_return_false:}
+ { \prg_return_true: }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[EXP,pTF]{\keys_if_choice_exist:nnn}
+% Just an alternative view on \cs{keys_if_exist:nn(TF)}.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \keys_if_choice_exist:nnn #1#2#3 { p , T , F , TF }
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_keys_code_root_tl #1 / #2 / #3 }
+ { \prg_return_true: }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
}
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
@@ -1356,6 +2008,23 @@
}
% \end{macrocode}
%
+% \subsection{Deprecated functions}
+%
+% Deprecated on 2011-05-27, for removal by 2011-08-31.
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\KV_process_space_removal_sanitize:NNn}
+% \begin{macro}{\KV_process_space_removal_no_sanitize:NNn}
+% \begin{macro}{\KV_process_no_space_removal_no_sanitize:NNn}
+% There is just one function for this now.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \KV_process_space_removal_sanitize:NNn \keyval_parse:NNn
+\cs_new_eq:NN \KV_process_space_removal_no_sanitize:NNn \keyval_parse:NNn
+\cs_new_eq:NN \KV_process_no_space_removal_no_sanitize:NNn \keyval_parse:NNn
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
% \begin{macrocode}
%</initex|package>
% \end{macrocode}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keyval.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keyval.dtx
deleted file mode 100644
index 01adb3a033a..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keyval.dtx
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,405 +0,0 @@
-% \iffalse meta-comment
-%
-%% File: l3keyval.dtx Copyright (C) 2006-2011 The LaTeX3 Project
-%%
-%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
-%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
-%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
-%% of this license is in the file
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% This file is part of the "expl3 bundle" (The Work in LPPL)
-%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
-%%
-%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN.
-%%
-%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%% The development version of the bundle can be found at
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/
-%%
-%% for those people who are interested.
-%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% NOTE: %%
-%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%
-%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may
-%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask
-%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without
-%% prior consultation with the LaTeX3 Project.
-%%
-%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-%
-%<*driver|package>
-\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3keyval.dtx 2601 2011-08-16 23:20:27Z bruno $
- {L3 Experimental key-value parsing}
-%</driver|package>
-%<*driver>
-\documentclass[full]{l3doc}
-\begin{document}
- \DocInput{\jobname.dtx}
-\end{document}
-%</driver>
-% \fi
-%
-% \title{^^A
-% The \pkg{l3keyval} package\\ Key--value parsing^^A
-% \thanks{This file describes v\ExplFileVersion,
-% last revised \ExplFileDate.}^^A
-% }
-%
-% \author{^^A
-% The \LaTeX3 Project\thanks
-% {^^A
-% E-mail:
-% \href{mailto:latex-team@latex-project.org}
-% {latex-team@latex-project.org}^^A
-% }^^A
-% }
-%
-% \date{Released \ExplFileDate}
-%
-% \maketitle
-%
-% \begin{documentation}
-%
-% A key--value list is input of the form
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% KeyOne = ValueOne ,
-% KeyTwo = ValueTwo ,
-% KeyThree
-% \end{verbatim}
-% where each key--value pair is separated by a comma from the rest of
-% the list, and each key--value pair does not necessarily contain an
-% equals sign or a value! Processing this type of input correctly
-% requires a number of careful steps, to correctly account for
-% braces, spaces and the category codes of separators.
-%
-% This module provides the low-level machinery for processing arbitrary
-% key--value lists. The \pkg{l3keys} module provides a higher-level
-% interface for managing run-time settings using key--value input,
-% while other parts of \LaTeX3 also use key--value input based on
-% \pkg{l3keyval} (for example the \pkg{xtemplate} module).
-%
- %\section{Parsing key--value lists}
-%
-% The low-level parsing system converts a \meta{key--value list}
-% into \meta{keys} and associated \meta{values}. After the parsing phase
-% is completed, the resulting keys and values (or keys alone) are
-% available for further processing. This is not carried out by the
-% low-level parser, and so the parser requires the names of
-% two functions along with the key--value list. One function is
-% needed to process key--value pairs (\emph{i.e}~two arguments),
-% and a second function if required for keys given without arguments
-% (\emph{i.e.}~a single argument).
-%
-% The parser does not double |#| tokens or expand any input. The tokens
-% |=| and |,| are corrected so that the parser does not \enquote{miss}
-% any due to category code changes. Spaces are removed from the ends
-% of the keys and values. Values which are given in braces will have
-% exactly one set removed, thus
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% key = {value here},
-% \end{verbatim}
-% and
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% key = value here,
-% \end{verbatim}
-% are treated identically.
-%
- %\begin{function}{\keyval_parse:NNn}
-% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{keyval_parse:NNn} \meta{function1} \meta{function2}
-% ~~\Arg{key--value list}
-% \end{syntax}
-% Parses the \meta{key--value list} into a series of \meta{keys} and
-% associated \meta{values}, or keys alone (if no \meta{value} was
-% given). \meta{function1} should take one argument, while
-% \meta{function2} should absorb two arguments. After
-% \cs{keyval_parse:NNn} has parsed the \meta{key--value list},
-% \meta{function1} will be used to process keys given with no value
-% and \meta{function2} will be used to process keys given with a
-% value. The order of the \meta{keys} in the \meta{key--value list}
-% will be preserved. Thus
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \keyval_parse:NNn \function:n \function:nn
-% { key1 = value1 , key2 = value2, key3 = , key4 }
-% \end{verbatim}
-% will be converted into an input stream
-% \begin{verbatim}
-% \function:nn { key1 } { value1 }
-% \function:nn { key2 } { value2 }
-% \function:nn { key3 } { }
-% \function:n { key4 }
-% \end{verbatim}
-% Note that there is a difference between an empty value (an equals
-% sign followed by nothing) and a missing value (no equals sign at
-% all).
-% \end{function}
-%
-% \end{documentation}
-%
-% \begin{implementation}
-%
-% \section{\pkg{l3keyval} implementation}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*initex|package>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*package>
-\ProvidesExplPackage
- {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
-\package_check_loaded_expl:
-%</package>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{variable}{\g_keyval_level_int}
-% For nesting purposes an integer is needed for the current level.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\int_new:N \g_keyval_level_int
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{variable}
-%
-% \begin{variable}{\l_keyval_key_tl, \l_keyval_value_tl}
-% The current key name and value.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_new:N \l_keyval_key_tl
-\tl_new:N \l_keyval_value_tl
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{variable}
-%
-% \begin{variable}{\l_keyval_sanitise_tl}
-% \begin{variable}{\l_keyval_parse_tl}
-% Token list variables for dealing with awkward category codes in the
-% input.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\tl_new:N \l_keyval_sanitise_tl
-\tl_new:N \l_keyval_parse_tl
-% \end{macrocode}
-%\end{variable}
-%\end{variable}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\keyval_parse:n}
-% The parsing function first deals with the category codes for
-% |=| and |,|, so that there are no odd events. The input is then
-% handed off to the element by element system.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\group_begin:
- \char_set_catcode_active:n { `\= }
- \char_set_catcode_active:n { `\, }
- \char_set_lccode:nn { `\8 } { `\= }
- \char_set_lccode:nn { `\9 } { `\, }
-\tl_to_lowercase:n
- {
- \group_end:
- \cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_parse:n #1
- {
- \group_begin:
- \tl_clear:N \l_keyval_sanitise_tl
- \tl_set:Nn \l_keyval_sanitise_tl {#1}
- \tl_replace_all:Nnn \l_keyval_sanitise_tl { = } { 8 }
- \tl_replace_all:Nnn \l_keyval_sanitise_tl { , } { 9 }
- \tl_clear:N \l_keyval_parse_tl
- \exp_after:wN \keyval_parse_elt:w \exp_after:wN
- \q_no_value \l_keyval_sanitise_tl 9 \q_nil 9
- \exp_after:wN \group_end:
- \l_keyval_parse_tl
- }
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\keyval_parse_elt:w}
-% Each item to be parsed will have \cs{q_no_value} added to the front.
-% Hence the blank test here can always be used to find a totally
-% empty argument. If this is the case, the system loops round. If there
-% is something to parse, there is a check for the \cs{q_nil} marker
-% and if not a hand-off.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_parse_elt:w #1 ,
- {
- \tl_if_blank:oTF { \use_none:n #1 }
- { \keyval_parse_elt:w \q_no_value }
- {
- \quark_if_nil:oF { \use_ii:nn #1 }
- {
- \keyval_split_key_value:w #1 = = \q_stop
- \keyval_parse_elt:w \q_no_value
- }
- }
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\keyval_split_key_value:w}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\keyval_split_key_value_aux:wTF}
-% The key and value are handled separately. First the key is grabbed and
-% saved as \cs{l_keyval_key_tl}. Then a check is need to see if there is
-% a value at all: if not then the key name is simply added to the output.
-% If there is a value then there is a check to ensure that there was
-% only one |=| in the input (remembering some extra ones are around at
-% the moment to prevent errors). All being well, there is an
-% hand-off to find the value: the \cs{q_nil} is there to prevent loss
-% of braces.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_split_key_value:w #1 = #2 \q_stop
- {
- \keyval_split_key:w #1 \q_stop
- \str_if_eq:nnTF {#2} { = }
- {
- \tl_put_right:Nx \l_keyval_parse_tl
- {
- \exp_not:c { keyval_key_no_value_elt_ \int_use:N \g_keyval_level_int :n }
- { \exp_not:o \l_keyval_key_tl }
- }
- }
- {
- \keyval_split_key_value_aux:wTF #2 \q_no_value \q_stop
- { \keyval_split_value:w \q_nil #2 }
- { \msg_kernel_error:nn { keyval } { misplaced-equals-sign } }
- }
- }
-\cs_new:Npn \keyval_split_key_value_aux:wTF #1 = #2#3 \q_stop
- { \tl_if_head_eq_meaning:nNTF {#3} \q_no_value }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\keyval_split_key:w}
-% \begin{macro}{\keyval_remove_spaces:w}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\keyval_split_key_aux:w}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\keyval_remove_spaces_aux:w}
-% The aim here is to remove spaces and also exactly one set of braces.
-% The spaces are trimmed off from each end using a \enquote{funny}
-% |Q|, which will never turn up in normal use. The idea is that
-% the \texttt{f}-type expansion will stop if it finds an unexpandable
-% token or a space, and will gobble the space. To avoid expanding
-% anything else, the \cs{exp_not:N} works by ensuring that the first
-% non-space token in the setting will stop the \texttt{f}-type
-% expansion. The \cs{use_none:n} is needed to remove the leading
-% quark, while the second setting of \cs{l_keyval_key_tl}
-% removes exactly one set of braces.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\group_begin:
- \char_set_catcode_math_toggle:n { `\Q }
- \cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_split_key:w #1 \q_stop
- {
- \exp_args:NNf \tl_set:Nn \l_keyval_key_tl
- {
- \exp_after:wN \keyval_remove_spaces:w \exp_after:wN
- \exp_not:N \use_none:n #1 Q ~ Q
- }
- \tl_set:Nx \l_keyval_key_tl
- { \exp_after:wN \keyval_split_key_aux:w \l_keyval_key_tl \q_stop }
- }
- \cs_gset:Npn \keyval_split_key_aux:w #1 \q_stop { \exp_not:n {#1} }
- \cs_gset:Npn \keyval_remove_spaces:w #1 ~ Q { \keyval_remove_spaces_aux:w #1 Q }
- \cs_gset:Npn \keyval_remove_spaces_aux:w #1 Q #2 {#1}
-\group_end:
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\keyval_split_value:w}
-% Here the value has to be separated from the equals signs and the
-% leading \cs{q_nil} added in to keep the brace levels. Fist the
-% processing function can be added to the output list. If there is no
-% value, setting \cs{l_keyval_value_tl} with three groups removed will
-% leave nothing at all, and so an empty group can be added to the
-% parsed list. On the other hand, if the value is entirely contained
-% within a set of braces then \cs{l_keyval_value_tl} will contain
-% \cs{q_nil} only. In that case, strip off the leading quark using
-% \cs{use_ii:nnn}, which also deals with any spaces.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_split_value:w #1 = =
- {
- \tl_put_right:Nx \l_keyval_parse_tl
- {
- \exp_not:c { keyval_key_value_elt_ \int_use:N \g_keyval_level_int :nn }
- { \exp_not:o \l_keyval_key_tl }
- }
- \tl_set:Nx \l_keyval_value_tl { \exp_not:o { \use_none:nnn #1 \q_nil \q_nil } }
- \tl_if_empty:NTF \l_keyval_value_tl
- { \tl_put_right:Nn \l_keyval_parse_tl { { } } }
- {
- \quark_if_nil:NTF \l_keyval_value_tl
- {
- \tl_put_right:Nx \l_keyval_parse_tl
- { { \exp_not:o { \use_ii:nnn #1 \q_nil } } }
- }
- { \keyval_split_value_aux:w #1 \q_stop }
- }
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% A similar idea to the key code: remove the spaces from each end and
-% deal with one set of braces.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\group_begin:
- \char_set_catcode_math_toggle:n { `\Q }
- \cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_split_value_aux:w \q_nil #1 \q_stop
- {
- \exp_args:NNf \tl_set:Nn \l_keyval_value_tl
- { \keyval_remove_spaces:w \exp_not:N #1 Q ~ Q }
- \tl_put_right:Nx \l_keyval_parse_tl { { \exp_not:o \l_keyval_value_tl } }
- }
-\group_end:
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\keyval_parse:NNn}
-% The outer parsing routine just sets up the processing functions and
-% hands off.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_parse:NNn #1#2#3
- {
- \int_gincr:N \g_keyval_level_int
- \cs_gset_eq:cN { keyval_key_no_value_elt_ \int_use:N \g_keyval_level_int :n } #1
- \cs_gset_eq:cN { keyval_key_value_elt_ \int_use:N \g_keyval_level_int :nn } #2
- \keyval_parse:n {#3}
- \int_gdecr:N \g_keyval_level_int
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% One message for the low level parsing system.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\msg_kernel_new:nnnn { keyval } { misplaced-equals-sign }
- { Misplaced~equals~sign~in~key-value~input~\msg_line_number: }
- {
- LaTeX~is~attempting~to~parse~some~key-value~input~but~found~
- two~equals~signs~not~separated~by~a~comma.
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Deprecated functions}
-%
-% Deprecated on 2011-05-27, for removal by 2011-08-31.
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\KV_process_space_removal_sanitize:NNn}
-% \begin{macro}{\KV_process_space_removal_no_sanitize:NNn}
-% \begin{macro}{\KV_process_no_space_removal_no_sanitize:NNn}
-% There is just one function for this now.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new_eq:NN \KV_process_space_removal_sanitize:NNn \keyval_parse:NNn
-\cs_new_eq:NN \KV_process_space_removal_no_sanitize:NNn \keyval_parse:NNn
-\cs_new_eq:NN \KV_process_no_space_removal_no_sanitize:NNn \keyval_parse:NNn
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macrocode}
-%</initex|package>
-% \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \end{implementation}
-%
-% \PrintIndex
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3luatex.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3luatex.dtx
index a0e90de31fc..b2f12568bb1 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3luatex.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3luatex.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3luatex.dtx 2545 2011-08-11 13:47:19Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3luatex.dtx 2617 2011-08-18 08:13:44Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental LuaTeX-specific functions}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -229,7 +229,6 @@
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
\package_check_loaded_expl:
%</package>
-%<*initex|package>
% \end{macrocode}
%
% \begin{macro}{\lua_now:n, \lua_now:x}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx
index b63d2e5721b..66b9837a8be 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3prg.dtx 2601 2011-08-16 23:20:27Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3prg.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental control structures}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -352,11 +352,7 @@
% \cs{bool_if:NTF} \Arg{boolean} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests the current truth of \meta{boolean}, and continues expansion
-% based on this result. The branching versions then leave either
-% \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input stream, as
-% appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of the function
-% chosen. The logical truth of the test is left in the input stream by
-% the predicate version.
+% based on this result.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{variable}{\l_tmpa_bool}
@@ -431,11 +427,7 @@
% |\int_compare_p:nNn { 1 } = { \error }|. The logical Not applies to
% the next single predicate or group. As shown above, this means that
% any predicates requiring an argument have to be given within
-% parentheses. The branching versions then leave either
-% \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input stream, as
-% appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of the function
-% chosen. The logical truth of the test is left in the input stream by
-% the predicate version.
+% parentheses.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP]{\bool_not_p:n}
@@ -673,11 +665,7 @@
% \cs{mode_if_horizontal_p:}
% \cs{mode_if_horizontal:TF} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
-% Detects if \TeX{} is currently in horizontal mode. The branching
-% versions then leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code}
-% in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and
-% the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of the test
-% is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% Detects if \TeX{} is currently in horizontal mode.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\mode_if_inner:}
@@ -685,21 +673,14 @@
% \cs{mode_if_inner_p:}
% \cs{mode_if_inner:TF} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
-% Detects if \TeX{} is currently in inner mode. The branching
-% versions then leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code}
-% in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and
-% the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of the test
-% is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% Detects if \TeX{} is currently in inner mode.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,TF]{\mode_if_math:}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{mode_if_math:TF} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
-% Detects if \TeX{} is currently in maths mode. The branching
-% versions then leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code}
-% in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and
-% the variant of the function chosen.
+% Detects if \TeX{} is currently in maths mode.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\mode_if_vertical:}
@@ -707,11 +688,7 @@
% \cs{mode_if_vertical_p:}
% \cs{mode_if_vertical:TF} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
-% Detects if \TeX{} is currently in vertical mode. The branching
-% versions then leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code}
-% in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and
-% the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of the test
-% is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% Detects if \TeX{} is currently in vertical mode.
% \end{function}
%
% \section{Internal programming functions}
@@ -2027,7 +2004,7 @@
%
% \subsection{Deprecated functions}
%
-% These were depreciated on 2011-05-27 and will be removed entirely by
+% These were deprecated on 2011-05-27 and will be removed entirely by
% 2011-08-31.
%
% \begin{macro}{\prg_new_map_functions:Nn}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.dtx
index 744cea629fc..0923121015d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3prop.dtx 2478 2011-06-19 21:34:23Z joseph $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3prop.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental property lists}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -228,7 +228,8 @@
% variable}. If the \meta{key} is not found in the
% \meta{property list} then the \meta{token list variable} will
% contain the special marker \cs{q_no_value}. The \meta{token list
-% variable} is set within the current \TeX{} group.
+% variable} is set within the current \TeX{} group. See also
+% \cs{prop_get:NnNTF}.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}{\prop_pop:NnN, \prop_pop:NoN, \prop_pop:cnN, \prop_pop:coN}
@@ -258,7 +259,7 @@
% The \meta{property list} is modified globally, while the assignment of
% the \meta{token list variable} is local.
% \end{function}
-%
+%%
% \section{Modifying property lists}
%
% \begin{function}{\prop_del:Nn, \prop_del:NV, \prop_del:cn, \prop_del:cV}
@@ -292,32 +293,62 @@
% \cs{prop_if_empty:NTF} \meta{property list}
% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
-% Tests if the \meta{property list} is empty (containing no entries). The
-% branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% Tests if the \meta{property list} is empty (containing no entries).
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{
-% \prop_if_in:Nn, \prop_if_in:NV, \prop_if_in:No,
-% \prop_if_in:cn, \prop_if_in:cV, \prop_if_in:co
-% }
+% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]
+% {
+% \prop_if_in:Nn, \prop_if_in:NV, \prop_if_in:No,
+% \prop_if_in:cn, \prop_if_in:cV, \prop_if_in:co
+% }
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{prop_if_in:NnTF} \meta{property list} \Arg{key}
% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{key} is present in the \meta{property list},
% making the comparison using the method described by \cs{str_if_eq:nnTF}.
-% Either the \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input stream, as
-% appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of the function
-% chosen.
% \begin{texnote}
% This function iterates through every key--value pair in the
% \meta{property list} and is therefore slower than using the
% non-expandable \cs{prop_get:NnNTF}.
% \end{texnote}
% \end{function}
+%
+% \section{Recovering values from property lists with branching}
+%
+% The functions in this section combine tests for the presence of a key
+% in a property list with recovery of the associated valued. This makes them
+% useful for cases where different cases follow dependent on the presence
+% or absence of a key in a property list. They offer increased readability
+% and performance over separate testing and recovery phases.
+%
+% \begin{function}[TF]{\prop_get:NnN, \prop_get:cnN}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{prop_get:NnNTF} \meta{property list} \Arg{key}
+% ~~\meta{token list variable} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% If the \meta{key} is not present in the \meta{property list}, leaves
+% the \meta{false code} in the input stream and leaves the
+% \meta{token list variable} unchanged. If the \meta{key} is present in
+% the \meta{property list}, stores the corresponding \meta{value}
+% in the \meta{token list variable} without removing it from the
+% \meta{property list}. The \meta{token list variable} is assigned locally.
+% \end{function}
+%
+% \begin{function}[TF]{\prop_pop:NnN, \prop_pop:cnN}
+% \begin{syntax}
+% \cs{prop_pop:NnNTF} \meta{property list} \Arg{key}
+% ~~\meta{token list variable} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
+% \end{syntax}
+% If the \meta{key} is not present in the \meta{property list}, leaves
+% the \meta{false code} in the input stream and leaves the
+% \meta{token list variable} unchanged. If the \meta{key} is present in
+% the \meta{property list}, pops the corresponding \meta{value}
+% in the \meta{token list variable}, \emph{i.e.}~removes the item from
+% the \meta{property list}.
+% Both the \meta{property list} and the \meta{token list variable}
+% are assigned locally.
+% \end{function}
%
% \section{Mapping to property lists}
%
@@ -401,36 +432,7 @@
% This section contains functions which may or may not be retained, depending
% on how useful they are found to be.
%
-% \begin{function}[TF]{\prop_get:NnN}
-% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{prop_get:NnNTF} \meta{property list} \Arg{key}
-% ~~\meta{token list variable} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
-% \end{syntax}
-% If the \meta{key} is not present in the \meta{property list}, leaves
-% the \meta{false code} in the input stream and leaves the
-% \meta{token list variable} unchanged. If the \meta{key} is present in
-% the \meta{property list}, stores the corresponding \meta{value}
-% in the \meta{token list variable} without removing it from the
-% \meta{property list}. The \meta{true code} is then left in the input
-% stream. The \meta{token list variable} is assigned locally.
-% \end{function}
-%
-% \begin{function}[TF]{\prop_pop:NnN}
-% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{prop_pop:NnNTF} \meta{property list} \Arg{key}
-% ~~\meta{token list variable} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
-% \end{syntax}
-% If the \meta{key} is not present in the \meta{property list}, leaves
-% the \meta{false code} in the input stream and leaves the
-% \meta{token list variable} unchanged. If the \meta{key} is present in
-% the \meta{property list}, pops the corresponding \meta{value}
-% in the \meta{token list variable}, \emph{i.e.}~removes the item from
-% the \meta{property list}. The \meta{true code} is then left in the input
-% stream. Both the \meta{property list} and the \meta{token list variable}
-% are assigned locally.
-% \end{function}
-%
-% \begin{function}[TF]{\prop_gpop:NnN}
+% \begin{function}[TF]{\prop_gpop:NnN, \prop_gpop:cnN}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{prop_gpop:NnNTF} \meta{property list} \Arg{key}
% ~~\meta{token list variable} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
@@ -440,12 +442,12 @@
% \meta{token list variable} unchanged. If the \meta{key} is present in
% the \meta{property list}, pops the corresponding \meta{value}
% in the \meta{token list variable}, \emph{i.e.}~removes the item from
-% the \meta{property list}. The \meta{true code} is then left in the input
-% stream. The \meta{property list} is modified globally, while the
+% the \meta{property list}.
+% The \meta{property list} is modified globally, while the
% \meta{token list variable} is assigned locally.
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}[EXP]{\prop_map_tokens:Nn}
+% \begin{function}[EXP]{\prop_map_tokens:Nn, \prop_map_tokens:cn}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{prop_map_tokens:Nn} \meta{property list} \Arg{code}
% \end{syntax}
@@ -454,7 +456,7 @@
% property list while keeping track of a given key.
% \end{function}
%
-% \begin{function}[EXP]{\prop_get:Nn}
+% \begin{function}[EXP]{\prop_get:Nn, \prop_get:cn}
% \begin{syntax}
% \cs{prop_get:Nn} \meta{property list} \Arg{key}
% \end{syntax}
@@ -920,6 +922,32 @@
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsection{Recovering values from property lists with branching}
+%
+% \begin{macro}[TF]{\prop_get:NnN, \prop_get:cnN}
+% \begin{macro}[aux]{\prop_get_aux_true:Nnnn}
+% Getting the value corresponding to a key, keeping track of whether
+% the key was present or not, is implemented as a conditional (with
+% side effects). If the key was absent, the token list is not altered.
+% \begin{macrocode}
+\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \prop_get:NnN #1#2#3 { T , F , TF }
+ {
+ \prop_split:NnTF #1 {#2}
+ { \prop_get_aux_true:Nnnn #3 }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \prop_get_aux_true:Nnnn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn #1 {#3}
+ \prg_return_true:
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_get:NnNT { c }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_get:NnNF { c }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_get:NnNTF { c }
+% \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
%
% \subsection{Mapping to property lists}
%
@@ -1043,28 +1071,8 @@
%
% \subsection{Experimental functions}
%
-% \begin{macro}[TF]{\prop_get:NnN}
-% \begin{macro}[aux]{\prop_get_aux_true:Nnnn}
-% Getting the value corresponding to a key, keeping track of whether
-% the key was present or not, is implemented as a conditional (with
-% side effects). If the key was absent, the token list is not altered.
-% \begin{macrocode}
-\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \prop_get:NnN #1#2#3 { T , F , TF }
- {
- \prop_split:NnTF #1 {#2}
- { \prop_get_aux_true:Nnnn #3 }
- { \prg_return_false: }
- }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \prop_get_aux_true:Nnnn #1#2#3#4
- {
- \tl_set:Nn #1 {#3}
- \prg_return_true:
- }
-% \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{macro}[TF]{\prop_pop:NnN,\prop_gpop:NnN}
+% \begin{macro}[TF]
+% {\prop_pop:NnN, \prop_pop:cnN, \prop_gpop:cnN, \prop_gpop:cnN}
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\prop_pop_aux_true:NNNnnn}
% Popping an item from a property list, keeping track of whether
% the key was present or not, is implemented as a conditional.
@@ -1072,13 +1080,13 @@
% list are altered. Otherwise, \cs{prg_return_true:} is used after
% the assignments.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \prop_pop:NnN #1#2#3 {T,F,TF}
+\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \prop_pop:NnN #1#2#3 { T , F , TF }
{
\prop_split:NnTF #1 {#2}
{ \prop_pop_aux_true:NNNnnn \tl_set:Nn #1 #3 }
{ \prg_return_false: }
}
-\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \prop_gpop:NnN #1#2#3 {T,F,TF}
+\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \prop_gpop:NnN #1#2#3 { T , F , TF }
{
\prop_split:NnTF #1 {#2}
{ \prop_pop_aux_true:NNNnnn \tl_gset:Nn #1 #3 }
@@ -1090,11 +1098,17 @@
#1 #2 { #4 #6 }
\prg_return_true:
}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_pop:NnNT { c }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_pop:NnNF { c }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_pop:NnNTF { c }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_gpop:NnNT { c }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_gpop:NnNF { c }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_gpop:NnNTF { c }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\prop_map_tokens:Nn}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\prop_map_tokens:Nn, \prop_map_tokens:cn}
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\prop_map_tokens_aux:nwn}
% The mapping grabs one key--value pair at a time, and stops when
% reaching the marker key |A|, with catcode \enquote{letter}, which
@@ -1114,24 +1128,26 @@
\use:n {#1} {#2} {#3}
\prop_map_tokens_aux:nwn {#1}
}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_map_tokens:Nn { c }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
%
-% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\prop_get:Nn}
+% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\prop_get:Nn, \prop_get:Nn}
% \begin{macro}[aux]{\prop_get_aux:nnn}
-% Getting expandably the value corresponding to a key in a property list
-% is a simple instance of mapping some tokens.
+% Getting the value corresponding to a key in a property list in an
+% expandable fashion is a simple instance of mapping some tokens.
% Map the function \cs{prop_get_aux:nnn} which takes as its three
% arguments the \meta{key} that we are looking for, the current
% \meta{key} and the current \meta{value}. If the \meta{keys} match,
% the \meta{value} is returned. If none of the keys match, this expands
% to nothing.
% \begin{macrocode}
-\cs_new:Npn \prop_get:Nn #1 #2
+\cs_new:Npn \prop_get:Nn #1#2
{ \prop_map_tokens:Nn #1 { \prop_get_aux:nnn {#2} } }
-\cs_new:Npn \prop_get_aux:nnn #1 #2 #3
+\cs_new:Npn \prop_get_aux:nnn #1#2#3
{ \str_if_eq:nnT {#1} {#2} { \prop_map_break:n {#3} } }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_get:Nn { c }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{macro}
% \end{macro}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.dtx
index 11f4b0805d1..4f8a12c67d4 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3quark.dtx 2549 2011-08-11 21:06:39Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3quark.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental quarks}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -131,11 +131,7 @@
% \cs{quark_if_nil_p:N} \meta{token}
% \cs{quark_if_nil:NTF} \meta{token} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
-% Tests if the \meta{token} is equal to \cs{q_nil}. The branching
-% versions then leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in
-% the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and the
-% variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of the test is
-% left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% Tests if the \meta{token} is equal to \cs{q_nil}.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\quark_if_nil:n, \quark_if_nil:o, \quark_if_nil:V}
@@ -145,11 +141,7 @@
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{token list} contains only \cs{q_nil} (distinct
% from \meta{token list} being empty or containing \cs{q_nil} plus one
-% or more other tokens). The branching versions then leave either
-% \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input stream, as
-% appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of the
-% function chosen. The logical truth of the test is left in the input
-% stream by the predicate version.
+% or more other tokens).
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\quark_if_no_value:N, \quark_if_no_value:c}
@@ -158,11 +150,7 @@
% \cs{quark_if_no_value:NTF} \meta{token} \Arg{true code}
% ~~\Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
-% Tests if the \meta{token} is equal to \cs{q_no_value}. The branching
-% versions then leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in
-% the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and the
-% variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of the test is
-% left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% Tests if the \meta{token} is equal to \cs{q_no_value}.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\quark_if_no_value:n}
@@ -173,11 +161,7 @@
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{token list} contains only \cs{q_no_value}
% (distinct from \meta{token list} being empty or containing
-% \cs{q_no_value} plus one or more other tokens). The branching
-% versions then leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in
-% the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and the
-% variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of the test is
-% left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% \cs{q_no_value} plus one or more other tokens).
% \end{function}
%
% \section{Recursion}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx
index 10692dcf430..01e719a9ccc 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3seq.dtx 2586 2011-08-15 03:59:12Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3seq.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental sequences and stacks}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -356,11 +356,7 @@
% \cs{seq_if_empty_p:N} \meta{sequence}
% \cs{seq_if_empty:NTF} \meta{sequence} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
-% Tests if the \meta{sequence} is empty (containing no items). The
-% branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% Tests if the \meta{sequence} is empty (containing no items).
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[TF]{
@@ -372,10 +368,6 @@
% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{item} is present in the \meta{sequence}.
-% Either the \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} is left in the input
-% stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of the
-% function
-% chosen.
% \end{function}
%
% \section{Mapping to sequences}
@@ -559,9 +551,10 @@
% \end{syntax}
% If the \meta{sequence} is empty, leaves the \meta{false code} in the
% input stream and leaves the \meta{token list variable} unchanged. If the
-% \meta{sequence} is non-empty, stores the left-most item from a \meta{sequence}
+% \meta{sequence} is non-empty, stores the left-most item from a
+% \meta{sequence}
% in the \meta{token list variable} without removing it from a
-% \meta{sequence}. The \meta{true code} is then left in the input stream.
+% \meta{sequence}.
% The \meta{token list variable} is assigned locally.
% \end{function}
%
@@ -572,9 +565,10 @@
% \end{syntax}
% If the \meta{sequence} is empty, leaves the \meta{false code} in the
% input stream and leaves the \meta{token list variable} unchanged. If the
-% \meta{sequence} is non-empty, stores the right-most item from a \meta{sequence}
+% \meta{sequence} is non-empty, stores the right-most item from a
+% \meta{sequence}
% in the \meta{token list variable} without removing it from a
-% \meta{sequence}. The \meta{true code} is then left in the input stream.
+% \meta{sequence}.
% The \meta{token list variable} is assigned locally.
% \end{function}
%
@@ -585,9 +579,10 @@
% \end{syntax}
% If the \meta{sequence} is empty, leaves the \meta{false code} in the
% input stream and leaves the \meta{token list variable} unchanged. If the
-% \meta{sequence} is non-empty, pops the left-most item from a \meta{sequence}
+% \meta{sequence} is non-empty, pops the left-most item from a
+% \meta{sequence}
% in the \meta{token list variable}, \emph{i.e.}~removes the item from a
-% \meta{sequence}. The \meta{true code} is then left in the input stream.
+% \meta{sequence}.
% Both the \meta{sequence} and the \meta{token list variable} are assigned
% locally.
% \end{function}
@@ -601,7 +596,7 @@
% input stream and leaves the \meta{token list variable} unchanged. If the
% \meta{sequence} is non-empty, pops the left-most item from a \meta{sequence}
% in the \meta{token list variable}, \emph{i.e.}~removes the item from a
-% \meta{sequence}. The \meta{true code} is then left in the input stream.
+% \meta{sequence}.
% The \meta{sequence} is modified globally, while the \meta{token list variable}
% is assigned locally.
% \end{function}
@@ -615,7 +610,7 @@
% input stream and leaves the \meta{token list variable} unchanged. If the
% \meta{sequence} is non-empty, pops the right-most item from a \meta{sequence}
% in the \meta{token list variable}, \emph{i.e.}~removes the item from a
-% \meta{sequence}. The \meta{true code} is then left in the input stream.
+% \meta{sequence}.
% Both the \meta{sequence} and the \meta{token list variable} are assigned
% locally.
% \end{function}
@@ -629,7 +624,7 @@
% input stream and leaves the \meta{token list variable} unchanged. If the
% \meta{sequence} is non-empty, pops the right-most item from a \meta{sequence}
% in the \meta{token list variable}, \emph{i.e.}~removes the item from a
-% \meta{sequence}. The \meta{true code} is then left in the input stream.
+% \meta{sequence}.
% The \meta{sequence} is modified globally, while the \meta{token list variable}
% is assigned locally.
% \end{function}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.dtx
index 9145e7d59cf..8655a41201c 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3skip.dtx 2526 2011-08-09 08:58:42Z joseph $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3skip.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental dimensions and skips}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -258,11 +258,6 @@
% Less than & |<| \\
% \end{tabular}
% \end{center}
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth
-% of the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical
-% truth of the test is left in the input stream by the predicate
-% version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\dim_compare:n}
@@ -286,11 +281,6 @@
% Not equal & |!=| \\
% \end{tabular}
% \end{center}
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth
-% of the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical
-% truth of the test is left in the input stream by the predicate
-% version.
% \end{function}
%
% \section{Dimension expression loops}
@@ -582,11 +572,7 @@
% \meta{skip expressions} as described for \cs{skip_eval:n}.
% The two results are then compared for exact equality,
% \emph{i.e.}~both the fixed and rubber components must be the same
-% for the test to be true. The branching versions then leave either
-% \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input stream, as
-% appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of the function
-% chosen. The logical truth of the test is left in the input stream by
-% the predicate version.
+% for the test to be true.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\skip_if_infinite_glue:n}
@@ -598,10 +584,6 @@
% Evaluates the \meta{skip expression} as described for \cs{skip_eval:n},
% and then tests if this contains an infinite stretch or shrink
% component (or both).
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth
-% of the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical
-% truth of the test is left in the input stream by the predicate
% \end{function}
%
% \section{Using \texttt{skip} expressions and variables}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx
index f596eb1a263..f5a36e95bad 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3tl.dtx 2566 2011-08-13 22:04:42Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3tl.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental token lists}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -445,11 +445,6 @@
% (\emph{i.e.}~contains no item). The test is \texttt{true} if
% \meta{token list} is zero or more explicit tokens of character code~$32$
% and category code~$10$, and is \texttt{false} otherwise.
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code}
-% or \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the
-% truth of the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical
-% truth of the test is left in the input stream by the predicate
-% version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\tl_if_empty:N, \tl_if_empty:c}
@@ -458,11 +453,7 @@
% \cs{tl_if_empty:NTF} \meta{tl var} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{token list variable} is entirely empty
-% (\emph{i.e.}~contains no tokens at all). The branching versions then
-% leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input
-% stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of
-% the function chosen. The logical truth of the test is left in the
-% input stream by the predicate version.
+% (\emph{i.e.}~contains no tokens at all).
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\tl_if_empty:n, \tl_if_empty:V, \tl_if_empty:o}
@@ -471,11 +462,7 @@
% \cs{tl_if_empty:nTF} \Arg{token list} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{token list} is entirely empty
-% (\emph{i.e.}~contains no tokens at all). The branching versions then
-% leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input
-% stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of
-% the function chosen. The logical truth of the test is left in the
-% input stream by the predicate version.
+% (\emph{i.e.}~contains no tokens at all).
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]
@@ -494,11 +481,7 @@
% \tl_set:Nx \l_tmpb_tl { \tl_to_str:n { abc } }
% \tl_if_eq_p:NN \l_tmpa_tl \l_tmpb_tl
% \end{verbatim}
-% is logically \texttt{false}. The branching versions then leave either
-% \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input stream, as
-% appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of the function
-% chosen. The logical truth of the test is left in the input stream by
-% the predicate version.
+% is logically \texttt{false}.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[TF]{\tl_if_eq:nn}
@@ -507,10 +490,7 @@
% ~~\Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if \meta{token list1} and \meta{token list2} are equal, both in
-% respect of character codes and category codes. Either the
-% \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input stream, as
-% appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of the function
-% chosen.
+% respect of character codes and category codes.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[TF]{\tl_if_in:Nn, \tl_if_in:cn}
@@ -521,24 +501,18 @@
% Tests if the \meta{token list} is found in the content of the
% \meta{token list variable}. The \meta{token list} cannot contain
% the tokens |{|, |}| or |#| (assuming the usual \TeX{} category
-% codes apply). Either the \meta{true code} or \meta{false code}
-% is left in the
-% input stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant
-% of the function chosen.
+% codes apply).
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[TF]
% {\tl_if_in:nn, \tl_if_in:Vn, \tl_if_in:on, \tl_if_in:on}
% \begin{syntax}
-% \cs{tl_if_in:nnTF} \meta{token list1} \Arg{token list2} \Arg{true code}
+% \cs{tl_if_in:nnTF} \Arg{token list1} \Arg{token list2} \Arg{true code}
% ~~\Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
-% Tests if the \meta{token list1} is found inside \meta{token list2}.
+% Tests if <token list2> is found inside <token list1>.
% The \meta{token list} cannot contain the tokens |{|, |}| or |#|
-% (assuming the usual \TeX{} category codes apply). Either the
-% \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} is left in the input stream, as
-% appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of the function
-% chosen.
+% (assuming the usual \TeX{} category codes apply).
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\tl_if_single:N, \tl_if_single:c}
@@ -550,11 +524,7 @@
% \emph{i.e.}~is either a single normal token (excluding spaces,
% and brace tokens) or a single brace group, surrounded by optional
% spaces on both sides. In other words, such a token list has length
-% $1$ according to \cs{tl_length:N}. The branching
-% versions then leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code}
-% in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and the
-% variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of the test is left
-% in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% $1$ according to \cs{tl_length:N}.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\tl_if_single:n}
@@ -567,10 +537,6 @@
% a single normal token or a single brace group, surrounded by
% optional spaces on both sides. In other words, such a token list
% has length $1$ according to \cs{tl_length:n}.
-% The branching versions leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code}
-% in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and
-% the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of the test
-% is left in the input stream by the predicate.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\tl_if_single_token:n}
@@ -582,10 +548,6 @@
% Tests if the token list consists of exactly one token, \emph{i.e.}~is
% either a single space character or a single \enquote{normal} token.
% Token groups (|{|\ldots|}|) are not single tokens.
-% The branching versions leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code}
-% in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and
-% the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of the test
-% is left in the input stream by the predicate.
% \end{function}
%
% \section{Mapping to token lists}
@@ -912,12 +874,6 @@
% category code as the \meta{test token}. In the case where
% \meta{token list} is empty, its head is considered to be \cs{q_nil},
% and the test will be true if \meta{test token} is a control sequence.
-% The branching versions then
-% leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input
-% stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of
-% the function chosen. The logical truth of the test is left in the
-% input stream by the predicate
-% version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]
@@ -931,12 +887,6 @@
% character code as the \meta{test token}. In the case where
% \meta{token list} is empty, its head is considered to be \cs{q_nil},
% and the test will be true if \meta{test token} is a control sequence.
-% The branching versions then
-% leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input
-% stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of
-% the function chosen. The logical truth of the test is left in the
-% input stream by the predicate
-% version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\tl_if_head_eq_meaning:nN}
@@ -949,12 +899,6 @@
% meaning as the \meta{test token}. In the case where \meta{token list}
% is empty, its head is considered to be \cs{q_nil}, and the test will
% be true if \meta{test token} has the same meaning as \cs{q_nil}.
-% The branching versions then
-% leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the input
-% stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant of
-% the function chosen. The logical truth of the test is left in the
-% input stream by the predicate
-% version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF,int]{\tl_if_head_group:n}
@@ -971,10 +915,6 @@
% \cs{c_group_begin_token}, or if it empty.
% This function is useful to implement actions on token lists on
% a token by token basis.
-% The branching versions leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code}
-% in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and
-% the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of the test
-% is left in the input stream by the predicate.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF,int]{\tl_if_head_N_type:n}
@@ -992,10 +932,6 @@
% first token.
% This function is useful to implement actions on token lists on
% a token by token basis.
-% The branching versions leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code}
-% in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and
-% the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of the test
-% is left in the input stream by the predicate.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF,int]{\tl_if_head_space:n}
@@ -1013,10 +949,6 @@
% will yield false, as well as if the argument is empty.
% This function is useful to implement actions on token lists on
% a token by token basis.
-% The branching versions leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth
-% of the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical
-% truth of the test is left in the input stream by the predicate.
% \begin{texnote}
% When \TeX{} reads a character of category code $10$ for the
% first time, it is converted to an explicit space token, with
@@ -2371,22 +2303,18 @@
% spaces, whereas \pdfTeX{} and \XeTeX{} do. So there may be a correction to
% make in the \LuaTeX{} case.
% \begin{macrocode}
-%<*package>
-\tl_const:Nx \c_job_name_tl { \tex_jobname:D }
-%</package>
%<*initex>
\tex_everyjob:D \exp_after:wN
{
\tex_the:D \tex_everyjob:D
- \luatex_if_engine:TF
+ \luatex_if_engine:T
{
- \tl_if_in:onTF { \tex_jobname:D } { ~ }
- { \tl_const:Nx \c_job_name_tl { " \tex_jobname:D " } }
- { \tl_const:Nx \c_job_name_tl { \tex_jobname:D } }
+ \lua_now:x
+ { dofile ( assert ( kpse.find_file ("lualatexquotejobname.lua" ) ) ) }
}
- { \tl_const:Nx \c_job_name_tl { \tex_jobname:D } }
}
%</initex>
+\tl_const:Nx \c_job_name_tl { \tex_jobname:D }
% \end{macrocode}
% \end{variable}
%
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3token.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3token.dtx
index 3aeca13b29d..c67a876db3d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3token.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3token.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3token.dtx 2579 2011-08-14 16:22:30Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3token.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental token manipulation}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -437,10 +437,7 @@
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if \meta{token} has the category code of a begin group token
% (|{| when normal \TeX{} category codes are in ^^A }
-% force). The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% force).
% Note that an explicit begin group token cannot be tested in this way,
% as it is not a valid \texttt{N}-type argument.
% \end{function}
@@ -453,11 +450,7 @@
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if \meta{token} has the category code of an end group token
% (^^A {
-% |}| when normal \TeX{} category codes are in force). The branching
-% versions then leave either \meta{true code} or \meta{false code} in the
-% input stream, as appropriate to the truth of the test and the variant
-% of the function chosen. The logical truth of the test is left in the
-% input stream by the predicate version.
+% |}| when normal \TeX{} category codes are in force).
% Note that an explicit end group token cannot be tested in this way,
% as it is not a valid \texttt{N}-type argument.
% \end{function}
@@ -469,11 +462,7 @@
% ~~\Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if \meta{token} has the category code of a math shift token
-% (|$| when normal \TeX{} category codes are in force). The
-% branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% (|$| when normal \TeX{} category codes are in force).
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_alignment:N}
@@ -483,11 +472,7 @@
% ~~\Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if \meta{token} has the category code of an alignment token
-% (|&| when normal \TeX{} category codes are in force). The
-% branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% (|&| when normal \TeX{} category codes are in force).
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_parameter:N}
@@ -497,11 +482,7 @@
% ~~\Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if \meta{token} has the category code of a macro parameter token
-% (|#| when normal \TeX{} category codes are in force). The
-% branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% (|#| when normal \TeX{} category codes are in force).
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_math_superscript:N}
@@ -511,11 +492,7 @@
% ~~\Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if \meta{token} has the category code of a superscript token
-% (|^| when normal \TeX{} category codes are in force). The
-% branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% (|^| when normal \TeX{} category codes are in force).
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_math_subscript:N}
@@ -525,11 +502,7 @@
% ~~\Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if \meta{token} has the category code of a subscript token
-% (|_| when normal \TeX{} category codes are in force). The
-% branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% (|_| when normal \TeX{} category codes are in force).
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_space:N}
@@ -538,11 +511,7 @@
% \cs{token_if_space:NTF} \meta{token} \Arg{true code}
% ~~\Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
-% Tests if \meta{token} has the category code of a space token. The
-% branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% Tests if \meta{token} has the category code of a space token.
% Note that an explicit space token with character code $32$ cannot
% be tested in this way, as it is not a valid \texttt{N}-type argument.
% \end{function}
@@ -553,11 +522,7 @@
% \cs{token_if_letter:NTF} \meta{token} \Arg{true code}
% ~~\Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
-% Tests if \meta{token} has the category code of a letter token. The
-% branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% Tests if \meta{token} has the category code of a letter token.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_other:N}
@@ -567,10 +532,7 @@
% ~~\Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if \meta{token} has the category code of an \enquote{other}
-% token. The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% token.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_active:N}
@@ -580,10 +542,6 @@
% ~~\Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if \meta{token} has the category code of an active character.
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_eq_catcode:NN}
@@ -592,11 +550,7 @@
% \cs{token_if_eq_catcode:NNTF} \meta{token1} \meta{token2}
% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
-% Tests if the two \meta{tokens} have the same category code. The
-% branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% Tests if the two \meta{tokens} have the same category code.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_eq_charcode:NN}
@@ -605,11 +559,7 @@
% \cs{token_if_eq_charcode:NNTF} \meta{token1} \meta{token2}
% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
-% Tests if the two \meta{tokens} have the same character code. The
-% branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% Tests if the two \meta{tokens} have the same character code.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_eq_meaning:NN}
@@ -619,10 +569,6 @@
% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the two \meta{tokens} have the same meaning when expanded.
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_macro:N}
@@ -631,10 +577,6 @@
% \cs{token_if_macro:NTF} \meta{token} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{token} is a \TeX{} macro.
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_cs:N}
@@ -643,10 +585,6 @@
% \cs{token_if_cs:NTF} \meta{token} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{token} is a control sequence.
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_expandable:N}
@@ -657,10 +595,6 @@
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{token} is expandable. This test returns \meta{false}
% for an undefined token.
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_long_macro:N}
@@ -670,10 +604,6 @@
% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{token} is a long macro.
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_protected_macro:N}
@@ -683,11 +613,7 @@
% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{token} is a protected macro: a macro which
-% is both protected and long will return logical false.
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
+% is both protected and long will return logical \texttt{false}.
% \end{function}
%
%% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_protected_long_macro:N}
@@ -697,10 +623,6 @@
% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{token} is a protected long macro.
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_chardef:N}
@@ -710,10 +632,6 @@
% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{token} is defined to be a chardef.
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_mathchardef:N}
@@ -723,10 +641,6 @@
% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{token} is defined to be a mathchardef.
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_dim_register:N}
@@ -736,10 +650,6 @@
% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{token} is defined to be a dimension register.
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_int_register:N}
@@ -749,10 +659,6 @@
% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{token} is defined to be a integer register.
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_skip_register:N}
@@ -762,10 +668,6 @@
% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{token} is defined to be a skip register.
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_toks_register:N}
@@ -776,10 +678,6 @@
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{token} is defined to be a toks register
% (not used by\LaTeX3).
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
% \end{function}
%
% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_primitive:N}
@@ -789,10 +687,6 @@
% ~~\Arg{true code} \Arg{false code}
% \end{syntax}
% Tests if the \meta{token} is an engine primitive.
-% The branching versions then leave either \meta{true code} or
-% \meta{false code} in the input stream, as appropriate to the truth of
-% the test and the variant of the function chosen. The logical truth of
-% the test is left in the input stream by the predicate version.
% \end{function}
%
% \section{Peeking ahead at the next token}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3toks.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3toks.dtx
index 2b5d5cd0880..c060225ab31 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3toks.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3toks.dtx
@@ -35,7 +35,7 @@
%
%<*driver|package>
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3toks.dtx 2601 2011-08-16 23:20:27Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3toks.dtx 2670 2011-08-27 09:58:02Z will $
{L3 Experimental token registers}
%</driver|package>
%<*driver>
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@
%
% \begin{macro}{\toks_put_right:Nf}
% We implement |\toks_put_right:Nf| by hand because I think I might
-% use it in the \textsf{l3keyval} module in which case it is going to
+% use it in the \textsf{l3keys} module in which case it is going to
% be used a lot.
% \begin{macrocode}
%<check>\cs_generate_variant:Nn \toks_put_right:Nn {Nf}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/expl3.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/expl3.sty
index 117c5ca5b4f..610d2b169ca 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/expl3.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/expl3.sty
@@ -48,8 +48,8 @@
\RequirePackage{l3names}
\def\ExplFileName{expl3}
\def\ExplFileDescription{L3 Experimental code bundle wrapper}
-\def\ExplFileDate{2011/08/17}
-\def\ExplFileVersion{2607}
+\def\ExplFileDate{2011/08/28}
+\def\ExplFileVersion{2678}
\RequirePackage{etex}
\reserveinserts{32}
\RequirePackage{calc}
@@ -118,10 +118,10 @@
l3file,
l3skip,
l3box,
- l3keyval,
l3keys,
l3fp,
- l3luatex
+ l3luatex,
+ l3coffins
}
\RequirePackage{l3toks}
\bool_if:nT { \@l@expl@check@declarations@bool }
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.sty
index edecb52c1c7..4d82350bb19 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3basics.dtx 2493 2011-07-04 09:50:22Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3basics.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental basic definitions}
\ProvidesExplPackage
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3box.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3box.sty
index c6bd2936aae..57415ec278d 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3box.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3box.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3box.dtx 2595 2011-08-16 00:58:34Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3box.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental boxes}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.sty
index ab92e649563..1f19e3490e0 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.sty
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3clist.dtx 2498 2011-07-09 17:51:47Z joseph $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3clist.dtx 2666 2011-08-26 06:10:09Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental comma separated lists}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.sty
new file mode 100644
index 00000000000..6e4116ee770
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3coffins.sty
@@ -0,0 +1,988 @@
+%%
+%% This is file `l3coffins.sty',
+%% generated with the docstrip utility.
+%%
+%% The original source files were:
+%%
+%% l3coffins.dtx (with options: `package')
+%%
+%% EXPERIMENTAL CODE
+%%
+%% Do not distribute this file without also distributing the
+%% source files specified above.
+%%
+%% Do not distribute a modified version of this file.
+%%
+%% File: l3coffins.dtx Copyright(C) 2010,2011 The LaTeX3 Project
+%%
+%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
+%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
+%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
+%% of this license is in the file
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+%%
+%% This file is part of the "l3kernel bundle" (The Work in LPPL)
+%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
+%%
+%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN.
+%%
+%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+%% The development version of the bundle can be found at
+%%
+%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/
+%%
+%% for those people who are interested.
+%%
+%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% NOTE: %%
+%%%%%%%%%%%
+%%
+%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may
+%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask
+%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without
+%% prior consultation with the LaTeX Project Team.
+%%
+%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
+%%
+\RequirePackage{l3names,graphicx,color}
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3coffins.dtx 2624 2011-08-18 19:02:45Z joseph $
+ {L3 Experimental coffin code layer}
+\ProvidesExplPackage
+ {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
+\package_check_loaded_expl:
+\box_new:N \l_coffin_tmp_box
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_tmp_dim
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_tmp_fp
+\tl_new:N \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+\prop_new:N \c_coffin_corners_prop
+\prop_put:Nnn \c_coffin_corners_prop { tl } { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \c_coffin_corners_prop { tr } { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \c_coffin_corners_prop { bl } { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \c_coffin_corners_prop { br } { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } }
+\prop_new:N \c_coffin_poles_prop
+\tl_set:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_tl { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 1000 pt } }
+\prop_put:Nno \c_coffin_poles_prop { l } { \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+\prop_put:Nno \c_coffin_poles_prop { hc } { \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+\prop_put:Nno \c_coffin_poles_prop { r } { \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+\tl_set:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_tl { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 1000 pt } { 0 pt } }
+\prop_put:Nno \c_coffin_poles_prop { b } { \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+\prop_put:Nno \c_coffin_poles_prop { vc } { \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+\prop_put:Nno \c_coffin_poles_prop { t } { \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+\prop_put:Nno \c_coffin_poles_prop { B } { \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+\prop_put:Nno \c_coffin_poles_prop { H } { \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+\prop_put:Nno \c_coffin_poles_prop { T } { \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_calc_a_fp
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_calc_b_fp
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_calc_c_fp
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_calc_d_fp
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_calc_result_fp
+\bool_new:N \l_coffin_error_bool
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_offset_x_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_offset_y_dim
+\tl_new:N \l_coffin_pole_a_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_coffin_pole_b_tl
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_sin_fp
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_cos_fp
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_x_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_y_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_x_prime_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_y_prime_dim
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_x_fp
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_y_fp
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_x_prime_fp
+\fp_new:N \l_coffin_y_prime_fp
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_Depth_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_Height_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_TotalHeight_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_Width_dim
+\cs_new_nopar:Npn \coffin_saved_Depth: { }
+\cs_new_nopar:Npn \coffin_saved_Height: { }
+\cs_new_nopar:Npn \coffin_saved_TotalHeight: { }
+\cs_new_nopar:Npn \coffin_saved_Width: { }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \coffin_if_exist:NT #1#2
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:NTF #1
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ { #2 }
+ {
+ \msg_kernel_error:nnx { coffin } { unknown-coffin }
+ { \token_to_str:N #1 }
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ \msg_kernel_error:nnx { coffin } { unknown-coffin }
+ { \token_to_str:N #1 }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_clear:N #1
+ {
+ \coffin_if_exist:NT #1
+ {
+ \box_clear:N #1
+ \coffin_reset_structure:N #1
+ }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_clear:N { c }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_new:N #1
+ {
+ \box_new:N #1
+ \prop_clear_new:c { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ \prop_clear_new:c { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ \prop_gset_eq:cN { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ \c_coffin_corners_prop
+ \prop_gset_eq:cN { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ \c_coffin_poles_prop
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_new:N { c }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \hcoffin_set:Nn #1#2
+ {
+ \coffin_if_exist:NT #1
+ {
+ \hbox_set:Nn #1
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \set@color
+ #2
+ \group_end:
+ }
+ \coffin_reset_structure:N #1
+ \coffin_update_poles:N #1
+ \coffin_update_corners:N #1
+ }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \hcoffin_set:Nn { c }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \vcoffin_set:Nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \coffin_if_exist:NT #1
+ {
+ \vbox_set:Nn #1
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \tex_hsize:D {#2}
+ \group_begin:
+ \set@color
+ #3
+ \group_end:
+ }
+ \coffin_reset_structure:N #1
+ \coffin_update_poles:N #1
+ \coffin_update_corners:N #1
+ \vbox_set_top:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_box { \vbox_unpack:N #1 }
+ \coffin_set_pole:Nnx #1 { T }
+ {
+ { 0 pt }
+ { \dim_eval:n { \box_ht:N #1 - \box_ht:N \l_coffin_tmp_box } }
+ { 1000 pt }
+ { 0 pt }
+ }
+ \box_clear:N \l_coffin_tmp_box
+ }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \vcoffin_set:Nnn { c }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_set_eq:NN #1#2
+ {
+ \coffin_if_exist:NT #1
+ {
+ \box_set_eq:NN #1 #2
+ \coffin_set_eq_structure:NN #1 #2
+ }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_set_eq:NN { c , Nc , cc }
+\coffin_new:N \c_empty_coffin
+\hbox_set:Nn \c_empty_coffin { }
+\coffin_new:N \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+\coffin_new:N \l_coffin_aligned_internal_coffin
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_get_pole:NnN #1#2#3
+ {
+ \prop_get:cnNF
+ { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } {#2} #3
+ {
+ \msg_kernel_error:nnxx { coffin } { unknown-coffin-pole }
+ {#2} { \token_to_str:N #1 }
+ \tl_set:Nn #3 { { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 0 pt } }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_reset_structure:N #1
+ {
+ \prop_set_eq:cN { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ \c_coffin_corners_prop
+ \prop_set_eq:cN { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ \c_coffin_poles_prop
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_set_eq_structure:NN #1#2
+ {
+ \prop_set_eq:cc { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #2 _prop }
+ \prop_set_eq:cc { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #2 _prop }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_set_user_dimensions:N #1
+ {
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \coffin_saved_Height: \Height
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \coffin_saved_Depth: \Depth
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \coffin_saved_TotalHeight: \TotalHeight
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \coffin_saved_Width: \Width
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \Height \l_coffin_Height_dim
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \Depth \l_coffin_Depth_dim
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \TotalHeight \l_coffin_TotalHeight_dim
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \Width \l_coffin_Width_dim
+ \dim_set:Nn \Height { \box_ht:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \Depth { \box_dp:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \TotalHeight { \box_ht:N #1 - \box_dp:N #1 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \Width { \box_wd:N #1 }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_end_user_dimensions:
+ {
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \Height \coffin_saved_Height:
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \Depth \coffin_saved_Depth:
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \TotalHeight \coffin_saved_TotalHeight:
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \Width \coffin_saved_Width:
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_set_horizontal_pole:Nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \coffin_if_exist:NT #1
+ {
+ \coffin_set_user_dimensions:N #1
+ \coffin_set_pole:Nnx #1 {#2}
+ {
+ { 0 pt } { \dim_eval:n {#3} }
+ { 1000 pt } { 0 pt }
+ }
+ \coffin_end_user_dimensions:
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_set_vertical_pole:Nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \coffin_if_exist:NT #1
+ {
+ \coffin_set_user_dimensions:N #1
+ \coffin_set_pole:Nnx #1 {#2}
+ {
+ { \dim_eval:n {#3} } { 0 pt }
+ { 0 pt } { 1000 pt }
+ }
+ \coffin_end_user_dimensions:
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_set_pole:Nnn #1#2#3
+ { \prop_put:cnn { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } {#2} {#3} }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_set_horizontal_pole:Nnn { c }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_set_vertical_pole:Nnn { c }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_set_pole:Nnn { Nnx }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_update_corners:N #1
+ {
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } { tl }
+ { { 0 pt } { \dim_use:N \box_ht:N #1 } }
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } { tr }
+ { { \dim_use:N \box_wd:N #1 } { \dim_use:N \box_ht:N #1 } }
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } { bl }
+ { { 0 pt } { \dim_eval:n { - \box_dp:N #1 } } }
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } { br }
+ { { \dim_use:N \box_wd:N #1 } { \dim_eval:n { - \box_dp:N #1 } } }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_update_poles:N #1
+ {
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } { hc }
+ {
+ { \dim_eval:n { 0.5 \box_wd:N #1 } }
+ { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 1000 pt }
+ }
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } { r }
+ {
+ { \dim_use:N \box_wd:N #1 }
+ { 0 pt } { 0 pt } { 1000 pt }
+ }
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } { vc }
+ {
+ { 0 pt }
+ { \dim_eval:n { ( \box_ht:N #1 - \box_dp:N #1 ) / 2 } }
+ { 1000 pt }
+ { 0 pt }
+ }
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } { t }
+ {
+ { 0 pt }
+ { \dim_use:N \box_ht:N #1 }
+ { 1000 pt }
+ { 0 pt }
+ }
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } { b }
+ {
+ { 0 pt }
+ { \dim_eval:n { - \box_dp:N #1 } }
+ { 1000 pt }
+ { 0 pt }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_calculate_intersection:Nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \coffin_get_pole:NnN #1 {#2} \l_coffin_pole_a_tl
+ \coffin_get_pole:NnN #1 {#3} \l_coffin_pole_b_tl
+ \bool_set_false:N \l_coffin_error_bool
+ \exp_last_two_unbraced:Noo
+ \coffin_calculate_intersection:nnnnnnnn
+ \l_coffin_pole_a_tl \l_coffin_pole_b_tl
+ \bool_if:NT \l_coffin_error_bool
+ {
+ \msg_kernel_error:nn { coffin } { no-pole-intersection }
+ \dim_zero:N \l_coffin_x_dim
+ \dim_zero:N \l_coffin_y_dim
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_calculate_intersection:nnnnnnnn
+ #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8
+ {
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF {#3} = { \c_zero_dim }
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_x_dim {#1}
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF {#7} = \c_zero_dim
+ { \bool_set_true:N \l_coffin_error_bool }
+ {
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF {#8} = \c_zero_dim
+ { \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_y_dim {#6} }
+ {
+ \coffin_calculate_intersection_aux:nnnnnN
+ {#1} {#5} {#6} {#7} {#8} \l_coffin_y_dim
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF {#4} = \c_zero_dim
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_y_dim {#2}
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF {#8} = { \c_zero_dim }
+ { \bool_set_true:N \l_coffin_error_bool }
+ {
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF {#7} = \c_zero_dim
+ { \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_x_dim {#5} }
+ {
+ \coffin_calculate_intersection_aux:nnnnnN
+ {#2} {#6} {#5} {#8} {#7} \l_coffin_x_dim
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF {#7} = \c_zero_dim
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_x_dim {#5}
+ \coffin_calculate_intersection_aux:nnnnnN
+ {#5} {#1} {#2} {#3} {#4} \l_coffin_y_dim
+ }
+ {
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF {#8} = \c_zero_dim
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_x_dim {#6}
+ \coffin_calculate_intersection_aux:nnnnnN
+ {#6} {#2} {#1} {#4} {#3} \l_coffin_x_dim
+ }
+ {
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_a_fp {#3}
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_b_fp {#4}
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_c_fp {#7}
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_d_fp {#8}
+ \fp_div:Nn \l_coffin_calc_b_fp \l_coffin_calc_a_fp
+ \fp_div:Nn \l_coffin_calc_d_fp \l_coffin_calc_c_fp
+ \fp_compare:nNnTF
+ \l_coffin_calc_b_fp = \l_coffin_calc_d_fp
+ { \bool_set_true:N \l_coffin_error_bool }
+ {
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_result_fp {#6}
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_a_fp {#2}
+ \fp_sub:Nn \l_coffin_calc_result_fp
+ { \l_coffin_calc_a_fp }
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_a_fp {#1}
+ \fp_mul:Nn \l_coffin_calc_a_fp
+ { \l_coffin_calc_b_fp }
+ \fp_add:Nn \l_coffin_calc_result_fp
+ { \l_coffin_calc_a_fp }
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_a_fp {#5}
+ \fp_mul:Nn \l_coffin_calc_a_fp
+ { \l_coffin_calc_d_fp }
+ \fp_sub:Nn \l_coffin_calc_result_fp
+ { \l_coffin_calc_a_fp }
+ \fp_sub:Nn \l_coffin_calc_b_fp
+ { \l_coffin_calc_d_fp }
+ \fp_div:Nn \l_coffin_calc_result_fp
+ { \l_coffin_calc_b_fp }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_x_dim
+ { \fp_to_dim:N \l_coffin_calc_result_fp }
+ \coffin_calculate_intersection_aux:nnnnnN
+ { \l_coffin_x_dim }
+ {#5} {#6} {#8} {#7} \l_coffin_y_dim
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_calculate_intersection_aux:nnnnnN
+ #1#2#3#4#5#6
+ {
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_result_fp {#1}
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_a_fp {#2}
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_b_fp {#3}
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_c_fp {#4}
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_calc_d_fp {#5}
+ \fp_sub:Nn \l_coffin_calc_result_fp { \l_coffin_calc_a_fp }
+ \fp_div:Nn \l_coffin_calc_result_fp { \l_coffin_calc_d_fp }
+ \fp_mul:Nn \l_coffin_calc_result_fp { \l_coffin_calc_c_fp }
+ \fp_add:Nn \l_coffin_calc_result_fp { \l_coffin_calc_b_fp }
+ \dim_set:Nn #6 { \fp_to_dim:N \l_coffin_calc_result_fp }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_join:NnnNnnnn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8
+ {
+ \coffin_align:NnnNnnnnN
+ #1 {#2} {#3} #4 {#5} {#6} {#7} {#8} \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ {
+ \dim_compare:nNnT { \l_coffin_offset_x_dim } < \c_zero_dim
+ { \tex_kern:D -\l_coffin_offset_x_dim }
+ \hbox_unpack:N \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_dim
+ { \l_coffin_offset_x_dim - \box_wd:N #1 + \box_wd:N #4 }
+ \dim_compare:nNnT \l_coffin_tmp_dim < \c_zero_dim
+ { \tex_kern:D -\l_coffin_tmp_dim }
+ }
+ \coffin_reset_structure:N \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \prop_clear:c
+ { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w \l_coffin_aligned_coffin _ prop }
+ \coffin_update_poles:N \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF \l_coffin_offset_x_dim < \c_zero_dim
+ {
+ \coffin_offset_poles:Nnn #1 { -\l_coffin_offset_x_dim } { 0 pt }
+ \coffin_offset_poles:Nnn #4 { 0 pt } { \l_coffin_offset_y_dim }
+ \coffin_offset_corners:Nnn #1 { -\l_coffin_offset_x_dim } { 0 pt }
+ \coffin_offset_corners:Nnn #4 { 0 pt } { \l_coffin_offset_y_dim }
+ }
+ {
+ \coffin_offset_poles:Nnn #1 { 0 pt } { 0 pt }
+ \coffin_offset_poles:Nnn #4
+ { \l_coffin_offset_x_dim } { \l_coffin_offset_y_dim }
+ \coffin_offset_corners:Nnn #1 { 0 pt } { 0 pt }
+ \coffin_offset_corners:Nnn #4
+ { \l_coffin_offset_x_dim } { \l_coffin_offset_y_dim }
+ }
+ \coffin_update_vertical_poles:NNN #1 #4 \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \coffin_set_eq:NN #1 \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_join:NnnNnnnn { c , Nnnc , cnnc }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_attach:NnnNnnnn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8
+ {
+ \coffin_align:NnnNnnnnN
+ #1 {#2} {#3} #4 {#5} {#6} {#7} {#8} \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin { \box_ht:N #1 }
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin { \box_dp:N #1 }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin { \box_wd:N #1 }
+ \coffin_reset_structure:N \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \prop_set_eq:cc
+ { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w \l_coffin_aligned_coffin _prop }
+ { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ \coffin_update_poles:N \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \coffin_offset_poles:Nnn #1 { 0 pt } { 0 pt }
+ \coffin_offset_poles:Nnn #4
+ { \l_coffin_offset_x_dim } { \l_coffin_offset_y_dim }
+ \coffin_update_vertical_poles:NNN #1 #4 \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \coffin_set_eq:NN #1 \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_attach_mark:NnnNnnnn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8
+ {
+ \coffin_align:NnnNnnnnN
+ #1 {#2} {#3} #4 {#5} {#6} {#7} {#8} \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin { \box_ht:N #1 }
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin { \box_dp:N #1 }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin { \box_wd:N #1 }
+ \box_set_eq:NN #1 \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_attach:NnnNnnnn { c , Nnnc , cnnc }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_align:NnnNnnnnN #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9
+ {
+ \coffin_calculate_intersection:Nnn #4 {#5} {#6}
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_x_prime_dim { \l_coffin_x_dim }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_y_prime_dim { \l_coffin_y_dim }
+ \coffin_calculate_intersection:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3}
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_offset_x_dim
+ { \l_coffin_x_dim - \l_coffin_x_prime_dim + #7 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_offset_y_dim
+ { \l_coffin_y_dim - \l_coffin_y_prime_dim + #8 }
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_internal_coffin
+ {
+ \box_use:N #1
+ \tex_kern:D -\box_wd:N #1
+ \tex_kern:D \l_coffin_offset_x_dim
+ \box_move_up:nn { \l_coffin_offset_y_dim } { \box_use:N #4 }
+ }
+ \coffin_set_eq:NN #9 \l_coffin_aligned_internal_coffin
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_offset_poles:Nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ { \coffin_offset_pole:Nnnnnnn #1 {##1} ##2 {#2} {#3} }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_offset_pole:Nnnnnnn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_x_dim { #3 + #7 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_y_dim { #4 + #8 }
+ \tl_if_in:nnTF {#2} { - }
+ { \tl_set:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_tl { {#2} } }
+ { \tl_set:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_tl { { #1 - #2 } } }
+ \exp_last_unbraced:NNo \coffin_set_pole:Nnx \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ { \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+ {
+ { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_x_dim } { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_y_dim }
+ {#5} {#6}
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_offset_corners:Nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ { \coffin_offset_corner:Nnnnn #1 {##1} ##2 {#2} {#3} }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_offset_corner:Nnnnn #1#2#3#4#5#6
+ {
+ \prop_put:cnx
+ { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w \l_coffin_aligned_coffin _prop }
+ { #1 - #2 }
+ {
+ { \dim_eval:n { #3 + #5 } }
+ { \dim_eval:n { #4 + #6 } }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_update_vertical_poles:NNN #1#2#3
+ {
+ \coffin_get_pole:NnN #3 { #1 -T } \l_coffin_pole_a_tl
+ \coffin_get_pole:NnN #3 { #2 -T } \l_coffin_pole_b_tl
+ \exp_last_two_unbraced:Noo \coffin_update_T:nnnnnnnnN
+ \l_coffin_pole_a_tl \l_coffin_pole_b_tl #3
+ \coffin_get_pole:NnN #3 { #1 -B } \l_coffin_pole_a_tl
+ \coffin_get_pole:NnN #3 { #2 -B } \l_coffin_pole_b_tl
+ \exp_last_two_unbraced:Noo \coffin_update_B:nnnnnnnnN
+ \l_coffin_pole_a_tl \l_coffin_pole_b_tl #3
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_update_T:nnnnnnnnN #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9
+ {
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF {#2} < {#6}
+ {
+ \coffin_set_pole:Nnx #9 { T }
+ { { 0 pt } {#6} { 1000 pt } { 0 pt } }
+ }
+ {
+ \coffin_set_pole:Nnx #9 { T }
+ { { 0 pt } {#2} { 1000 pt } { 0 pt } }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_update_B:nnnnnnnnN #1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8#9
+ {
+ \dim_compare:nNnTF {#2} < {#6}
+ {
+ \coffin_set_pole:Nnx #9 { B }
+ { { 0 pt } {#2} { 1000 pt } { 0 pt } }
+ }
+ {
+ \coffin_set_pole:Nnx #9 { B }
+ { { 0 pt } {#6} { 1000 pt } { 0 pt } }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_typeset:Nnnnn #1#2#3#4#5
+ {
+ \coffin_align:NnnNnnnnN \c_empty_coffin { H } { l }
+ #1 {#2} {#3} {#4} {#5} \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ {
+ \dim_compare:nNnT { \l_coffin_offset_x_dim } < \c_zero_dim
+ { \tex_kern:D -\l_coffin_offset_x_dim }
+ \hbox_unpack:N \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_dim
+ { \l_coffin_offset_x_dim + \box_wd:N #1 }
+ \dim_compare:nNnT { \l_coffin_tmp_dim } < \c_zero_dim
+ { \tex_kern:D -\l_coffin_tmp_dim }
+ }
+ \hbox_unpack:N \c_empty_box
+ \box_use:N \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_typeset:Nnnnn { c }
+\prop_new:N \l_coffin_bounding_prop
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_bounding_shift_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_left_corner_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_right_corner_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_bottom_corner_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_top_corner_dim
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_rotate:Nn #1#2
+ {
+ \fp_set:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_fp {#2}
+ \fp_div:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_fp { 180 }
+ \fp_mul:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_fp { \c_pi_fp }
+ \fp_sin:Nn \l_coffin_sin_fp { \l_coffin_tmp_fp }
+ \fp_cos:Nn \l_coffin_cos_fp { \l_coffin_tmp_fp }
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ { \coffin_rotate_corner:Nnnn #1 {##1} ##2 }
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ { \coffin_rotate_pole:Nnnnnn #1 {##1} ##2 }
+ \coffin_set_bounding:N #1
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn \l_coffin_bounding_prop
+ { \coffin_rotate_bounding:nnn {##1} ##2 }
+ \coffin_find_corner_maxima:N #1
+ \coffin_find_bounding_shift:
+ \hbox_set:Nn #1 { \rotatebox {#2} { \box_use:N #1 } }
+ \hbox_set:Nn #1
+ {
+ \tex_kern:D \l_coffin_bounding_shift_dim
+ \tex_kern:D -\l_coffin_left_corner_dim
+ \box_move_down:nn { \l_coffin_bottom_corner_dim }
+ { \box_use:N #1 }
+ }
+ \box_set_ht:Nn #1
+ { \l_coffin_top_corner_dim - \l_coffin_bottom_corner_dim }
+ \box_set_dp:Nn #1 { 0 pt }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn #1
+ { \l_coffin_right_corner_dim - \l_coffin_left_corner_dim }
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ { \coffin_shift_corner:Nnnn #1 {##1} ##2 }
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ { \coffin_shift_pole:Nnnnnn #1 {##1} ##2 }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_rotate:Nn { c }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_set_bounding:N #1
+ {
+ \prop_put:Nnx \l_coffin_bounding_prop { tl }
+ { { 0 pt } { \dim_use:N \box_ht:N #1 } }
+ \prop_put:Nnx \l_coffin_bounding_prop { tr }
+ { { \dim_use:N \box_wd:N #1 } { \dim_use:N \box_ht:N #1 } }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_dim { - \box_dp:N #1 }
+ \prop_put:Nnx \l_coffin_bounding_prop { bl }
+ { { 0 pt } { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_tmp_dim } }
+ \prop_put:Nnx \l_coffin_bounding_prop { br }
+ { { \dim_use:N \box_wd:N #1 } { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_tmp_dim } }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_rotate_bounding:nnn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \coffin_rotate_vector:nnNN {#2} {#3} \l_coffin_x_dim \l_coffin_y_dim
+ \prop_put:Nnx \l_coffin_bounding_prop {#1}
+ { { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_x_dim } { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_y_dim } }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_rotate_corner:Nnnn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \coffin_rotate_vector:nnNN {#3} {#4} \l_coffin_x_dim \l_coffin_y_dim
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop } {#2}
+ { { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_x_dim } { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_y_dim } }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_rotate_pole:Nnnnnn #1#2#3#4#5#6
+ {
+ \coffin_rotate_vector:nnNN {#3} {#4} \l_coffin_x_dim \l_coffin_y_dim
+ \coffin_rotate_vector:nnNN {#5} {#6}
+ \l_coffin_x_prime_dim \l_coffin_y_prime_dim
+ \coffin_set_pole:Nnx #1 {#2}
+ {
+ { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_x_dim } { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_y_dim }
+ { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_x_prime_dim }
+ { \dim_use:N \l_coffin_y_prime_dim }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_rotate_vector:nnNN #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_x_fp {#1}
+ \fp_set_from_dim:Nn \l_coffin_y_fp {#2}
+ \fp_set_eq:NN \l_coffin_x_prime_fp \l_coffin_x_fp
+ \fp_set_eq:NN \l_coffin_tmp_fp \l_coffin_y_fp
+ \fp_mul:Nn \l_coffin_x_prime_fp { \l_coffin_cos_fp }
+ \fp_mul:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_fp { \l_coffin_sin_fp }
+ \fp_sub:Nn \l_coffin_x_prime_fp { \l_coffin_tmp_fp }
+ \fp_set_eq:NN \l_coffin_y_prime_fp \l_coffin_y_fp
+ \fp_set_eq:NN \l_coffin_tmp_fp \l_coffin_x_fp
+ \fp_mul:Nn \l_coffin_y_prime_fp { \l_coffin_cos_fp }
+ \fp_mul:Nn \l_coffin_tmp_fp { \l_coffin_sin_fp }
+ \fp_add:Nn \l_coffin_y_prime_fp { \l_coffin_tmp_fp }
+ \dim_set:Nn #3 { \fp_to_dim:N \l_coffin_x_prime_fp }
+ \dim_set:Nn #4 { \fp_to_dim:N \l_coffin_y_prime_fp }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_find_corner_maxima:N #1
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_top_corner_dim { -\c_max_dim }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_right_corner_dim { -\c_max_dim }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_bottom_corner_dim { \c_max_dim }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_left_corner_dim { \c_max_dim }
+ \prop_map_inline:cn { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ { \coffin_find_corner_maxima_aux:nn ##2 }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_find_corner_maxima_aux:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \dim_set_min:Nn \l_coffin_left_corner_dim {#1}
+ \dim_set_max:Nn \l_coffin_right_corner_dim {#1}
+ \dim_set_min:Nn \l_coffin_bottom_corner_dim {#2}
+ \dim_set_max:Nn \l_coffin_top_corner_dim {#2}
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_find_bounding_shift:
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_bounding_shift_dim { \c_max_dim }
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn \l_coffin_bounding_prop
+ { \coffin_find_bounding_shift_aux:nn ##2 }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_find_bounding_shift_aux:nn #1#2
+ { \dim_set_min:Nn \l_coffin_bounding_shift_dim {#1} }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_shift_corner:Nnnn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_corners_ \int_value:w #1 _ prop } {#2}
+ {
+ { \dim_eval:n { #3 - \l_coffin_left_corner_dim } }
+ { \dim_eval:n { #4 - \l_coffin_bottom_corner_dim } }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_shift_pole:Nnnnnn #1#2#3#4#5#6
+ {
+ \prop_put:cnx { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _ prop } {#2}
+ {
+ { \dim_eval:n { #3 - \l_coffin_left_corner_dim } }
+ { \dim_eval:n { #4 - \l_coffin_bottom_corner_dim } }
+ {#5} {#6}
+ }
+ }
+\coffin_new:N \l_coffin_display_coffin
+\coffin_new:N \l_coffin_display_coord_coffin
+\coffin_new:N \l_coffin_display_pole_coffin
+\prop_new:N \l_coffin_display_handles_prop
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { tl }
+ { { b } { r } { -1 } { 1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { thc }
+ { { b } { hc } { 0 } { 1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { tr }
+ { { b } { l } { 1 } { 1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { vcl }
+ { { vc } { r } { -1 } { 0 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { vchc }
+ { { vc } { hc } { 0 } { 0 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { vcr }
+ { { vc } { l } { 1 } { 0 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { bl }
+ { { t } { r } { -1 } { -1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { bhc }
+ { { t } { hc } { 0 } { -1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { br }
+ { { t } { l } { 1 } { -1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { Tl }
+ { { t } { r } { -1 } { -1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { Thc }
+ { { t } { hc } { 0 } { -1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { Tr }
+ { { t } { l } { 1 } { -1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { Hl }
+ { { vc } { r } { -1 } { 1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { Hhc }
+ { { vc } { hc } { 0 } { 1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { Hr }
+ { { vc } { l } { 1 } { 1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { Bl }
+ { { b } { r } { -1 } { -1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { Bhc }
+ { { b } { hc } { 0 } { -1 } }
+\prop_put:Nnn \l_coffin_display_handles_prop { Br }
+ { { b } { l } { 1 } { -1 } }
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_display_offset_dim
+\dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_display_offset_dim { 2 pt }
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_display_x_dim
+\dim_new:N \l_coffin_display_y_dim
+\prop_new:N \l_coffin_display_poles_prop
+\tl_new:N \l_coffin_display_font_tl
+\tl_set:Nn \l_coffin_display_font_tl { \sffamily \tiny }
+\prop_new:N \l_coffin_handles_tmp_prop
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_mark_handle:Nnnn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \hcoffin_set:Nn \l_coffin_display_pole_coffin
+ {
+ \color {#4}
+ \rule { 1 pt } { 1 pt }
+ }
+ \coffin_attach_mark:NnnNnnnn #1 {#2} {#3}
+ \l_coffin_display_pole_coffin { hc } { vc } { 0 pt } { 0 pt }
+ \hcoffin_set:Nn \l_coffin_display_coord_coffin
+ {
+ \color {#4}
+ \l_coffin_display_font_tl
+ ( \tl_to_str:n { #2 , #3 } )
+ }
+ \prop_get:NnN \l_coffin_display_handles_prop
+ { #2 #3 } \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ \quark_if_no_value:NTF \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ {
+ \prop_get:NnN \l_coffin_display_handles_prop
+ { #3 #2 } \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ \quark_if_no_value:NTF \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ {
+ \coffin_attach_mark:NnnNnnnn #1 {#2} {#3}
+ \l_coffin_display_coord_coffin { l } { vc }
+ { 1 pt } { 0 pt }
+ }
+ {
+ \exp_last_unbraced:No \coffin_mark_handle_aux:nnnnNnn
+ \l_coffin_tmp_tl #1 {#2} {#3}
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ \exp_last_unbraced:No \coffin_mark_handle_aux:nnnnNnn
+ \l_coffin_tmp_tl #1 {#2} {#3}
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_mark_handle_aux:nnnnNnn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7
+ {
+ \coffin_attach_mark:NnnNnnnn #5 {#6} {#7}
+ \l_coffin_display_coord_coffin {#1} {#2}
+ { #3 \l_coffin_display_offset_dim }
+ { #4 \l_coffin_display_offset_dim }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_mark_handle:Nnnn { c }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_display_handles:Nn #1#2
+ {
+ \hcoffin_set:Nn \l_coffin_display_pole_coffin
+ {
+ \color {#2}
+ \rule { 1 pt } { 1 pt }
+ }
+ \prop_set_eq:Nc \l_coffin_display_poles_prop
+ { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ \coffin_get_pole:NnN #1 { H } \l_coffin_pole_a_tl
+ \coffin_get_pole:NnN #1 { T } \l_coffin_pole_b_tl
+ \tl_if_eq:NNT \l_coffin_pole_a_tl \l_coffin_pole_b_tl
+ { \prop_del:Nn \l_coffin_display_poles_prop { T } }
+ \coffin_get_pole:NnN #1 { B } \l_coffin_pole_b_tl
+ \tl_if_eq:NNT \l_coffin_pole_a_tl \l_coffin_pole_b_tl
+ { \prop_del:Nn \l_coffin_display_poles_prop { B } }
+ \coffin_set_eq:NN \l_coffin_display_coffin #1
+ \prop_clear:N \l_coffin_handles_tmp_prop
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn \l_coffin_display_poles_prop
+ {
+ \prop_del:Nn \l_coffin_display_poles_prop {##1}
+ \coffin_display_handles_aux:nnnnnn {##1} ##2 {#2}
+ }
+ \box_use:N \l_coffin_display_coffin
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_display_handles_aux:nnnnnn #1#2#3#4#5#6
+ {
+ \prop_map_inline:Nn \l_coffin_display_poles_prop
+ {
+ \bool_set_false:N \l_coffin_error_bool
+ \coffin_calculate_intersection:nnnnnnnn {#2} {#3} {#4} {#5} ##2
+ \bool_if:NF \l_coffin_error_bool
+ {
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_display_x_dim { \l_coffin_x_dim }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_display_y_dim { \l_coffin_y_dim }
+ \coffin_display_attach:Nnnnn
+ \l_coffin_display_pole_coffin { hc } { vc }
+ { 0 pt } { 0 pt }
+ \hcoffin_set:Nn \l_coffin_display_coord_coffin
+ {
+ \color {#6}
+ \l_coffin_display_font_tl
+ ( \tl_to_str:n { #1 , ##1 } )
+ }
+ \prop_get:NnN \l_coffin_display_handles_prop
+ { #1 ##1 } \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ \quark_if_no_value:NTF \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ {
+ \prop_get:NnN \l_coffin_display_handles_prop
+ { ##1 #1 } \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ \quark_if_no_value:NTF \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ {
+ \coffin_display_attach:Nnnnn
+ \l_coffin_display_coord_coffin { l } { vc }
+ { 1 pt } { 0 pt }
+ }
+ {
+ \exp_last_unbraced:No
+ \coffin_display_handles_aux:nnnn
+ \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ \exp_last_unbraced:No \coffin_display_handles_aux:nnnn
+ \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_display_handles_aux:nnnn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \coffin_display_attach:Nnnnn
+ \l_coffin_display_coord_coffin {#1} {#2}
+ { #3 \l_coffin_display_offset_dim }
+ { #4 \l_coffin_display_offset_dim }
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_display_handles:Nn { c }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_display_attach:Nnnnn #1#2#3#4#5
+ {
+ \coffin_calculate_intersection:Nnn #1 {#2} {#3}
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_x_prime_dim { \l_coffin_x_dim }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_y_prime_dim { \l_coffin_y_dim }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_offset_x_dim
+ { \l_coffin_display_x_dim - \l_coffin_x_prime_dim + #4 }
+ \dim_set:Nn \l_coffin_offset_y_dim
+ { \l_coffin_display_y_dim - \l_coffin_y_prime_dim + #5 }
+ \hbox_set:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ {
+ \box_use:N \l_coffin_display_coffin
+ \tex_kern:D -\box_wd:N \l_coffin_display_coffin
+ \tex_kern:D \l_coffin_offset_x_dim
+ \box_move_up:nn { \l_coffin_offset_y_dim } { \box_use:N #1 }
+ }
+ \box_set_ht:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ { \box_ht:N \l_coffin_display_coffin }
+ \box_set_dp:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ { \box_dp:N \l_coffin_display_coffin }
+ \box_set_wd:Nn \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ { \box_wd:N \l_coffin_display_coffin }
+ \box_set_eq:NN \l_coffin_display_coffin \l_coffin_aligned_coffin
+ }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \coffin_show_structure:N #1
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ {
+ \iow_term:x
+ {
+ \iow_newline:
+ Size~of~coffin~\token_to_str:N #1 : \iow_newline:
+ > ~ ht~=~\dim_use:N \box_ht:N #1 \iow_newline:
+ > ~ dp~=~\dim_use:N \box_dp:N #1 \iow_newline:
+ > ~ wd~=~\dim_use:N \box_wd:N #1 \iow_newline:
+ }
+ \iow_term:x { Poles~of~coffin~\token_to_str:N #1 : }
+ \tl_set:Nx \l_coffin_tmp_tl
+ {
+ \prop_map_function:cN
+ { l_coffin_poles_ \int_value:w #1 _prop }
+ \coffin_show_aux:nn
+ }
+ \etex_showtokens:D \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN \exp_after:wN
+ { \exp_after:wN \coffin_show_aux:w \l_coffin_tmp_tl }
+ }
+ {
+ \iow_term:x { ---~No~poles~found~--- }
+ \tl_show:n { Is~this~really~a~coffin? }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \coffin_show_aux:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \iow_newline: > \c_space_tl \c_space_tl
+ #1 \c_space_tl \c_space_tl => \c_space_tl \c_space_tl \exp_not:n {#2}
+ }
+\cs_new_nopar:Npn \coffin_show_aux:w #1 > ~ { }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \coffin_show_structure:N { c }
+\msg_kernel_new:nnnn { coffin } { no-pole-intersection }
+ { No~intersection~between~coffin~poles. }
+ {
+ \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl
+ LaTeX~was~asked~to~find~the~intersection~between~two~poles,~
+ but~they~do~not~have~a~unique~meeting~point:~
+ the~value~(0~pt,~0~pt)~will~be~used.
+ }
+\msg_kernel_new:nnnn { coffin } { unknown-coffin }
+ { Unknown~coffin~'#1'. }
+ { The~coffin~'#1'~was~never~defined. }
+\msg_kernel_new:nnnn { coffin } { unknown-coffin-pole }
+ { Pole~'#1'~unknown~for~coffin~'#2'. }
+ {
+ \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl
+ LaTeX~was~asked~to~find~a~typesetting~pole~for~a~coffin,~
+ but~either~the~coffin~does~not~exist~or~the~pole~name~is~wrong.
+ }
+%%
+%%
+%% End of file `l3coffins.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.cls
index 8f91c9a54f6..e7c0b14659e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.cls
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.cls
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
%%
%% l3doc.dtx (with options: `class')
%%
+%%
%% EXPERIMENTAL CODE
%%
%% Do not distribute this file without also distributing the
@@ -13,6 +14,7 @@
%%
%% Do not distribute a modified version of this file.
%%
+%%
%% File: l3doc.dtx Copyright (C) 1990-2011 The LaTeX3 project
%%
%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
@@ -50,7 +52,7 @@
\let \filedateOld \ExplFileDate
\let \fileversionOld \ExplFileVersion
\let \filedescriptionOld \ExplFileDescription
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3doc.dtx 2601 2011-08-16 23:20:27Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3doc.dtx 2674 2011-08-27 19:43:44Z mittelba $
{L3 Experimental documentation class}
\ProvidesExplClass
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
@@ -64,7 +66,7 @@
Frank~Mittelbach,~Denys~Duchier,~Chris~Rowley,~
Rainer~Sch\"opf,~Johannes~Braams,~Michael~Downes,~
David~Carlisle,~Alan~Jeffrey,~Morten~H\o{}gholm,~Thomas~Lotze,~
- Javier~Bezos,~Will~Robertson,~Joseph~Wright}}
+ Javier~Bezos,~Will~Robertson,~Joseph~Wright,~Bruno~Le~Floch}}
\DeclareOption{a5paper}{\@latexerr{Option not supported}{}}
\bool_new:N \g_doc_full_bool
\bool_new:N \g_doc_lmodern_bool
@@ -136,6 +138,22 @@
\setlength \parindent { 0pt }
\setlength \itemindent { 0pt }
\setlength \parskip { \medskipamount }
+\cs_set_nopar:Npn \l@section #1#2 {
+ \ifnum \c@tocdepth >\z@
+ \addpenalty\@secpenalty
+ \addvspace{1.0em \@plus\p@}
+ \setlength\@tempdima{2.5em} % was 1.5em
+ \begingroup
+ \parindent \z@ \rightskip \@pnumwidth
+ \parfillskip -\@pnumwidth
+ \leavevmode \bfseries
+ \advance\leftskip\@tempdima
+ \hskip -\leftskip
+ #1\nobreak\hfil \nobreak\hb@xt@\@pnumwidth{\hss #2}\par
+ \endgroup
+ \fi}
+\cs_set_nopar:Npn\l@subsection{\@dottedtocline{2}{2.5em}{2.3em}} % #2 = 1.5em
+
\AtBeginDocument {
\MakeShortVerb \"
\MakeShortVerb \|
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3file.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3file.sty
index e8272cde35f..a0c3041c822 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3file.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3file.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3file.dtx 2478 2011-06-19 21:34:23Z joseph $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3file.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental file operations}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.sty
index d3f98d4353a..ae8c42f0e1e 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3fp.dtx 2478 2011-06-19 21:34:23Z joseph $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3fp.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental floating-point operations}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3int.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3int.sty
index 070c9a3a6e6..26c0e19a66b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3int.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3int.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3int.dtx 2600 2011-08-16 22:31:24Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3int.dtx 2666 2011-08-26 06:10:09Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental integers}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3io.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3io.sty
index b3ae494e9fb..c46f6d3deee 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3io.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3io.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3io.dtx 2595 2011-08-16 00:58:34Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3io.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental input-output operations}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.sty
index 749a5791777..434ba050077 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.sty
@@ -46,11 +46,134 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3keys.dtx 2568 2011-08-14 05:03:32Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3keys.dtx 2677 2011-08-28 06:54:22Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental key-value interfaces}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
\package_check_loaded_expl:
+\int_new:N \g_keyval_level_int
+\tl_new:N \l_keyval_key_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_keyval_value_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_keyval_sanitise_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_keyval_parse_tl
+\group_begin:
+ \char_set_catcode_active:n { `\= }
+ \char_set_catcode_active:n { `\, }
+ \char_set_lccode:nn { `\8 } { `\= }
+ \char_set_lccode:nn { `\9 } { `\, }
+\tl_to_lowercase:n
+ {
+ \group_end:
+ \cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_parse:n #1
+ {
+ \group_begin:
+ \tl_clear:N \l_keyval_sanitise_tl
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_keyval_sanitise_tl {#1}
+ \tl_replace_all:Nnn \l_keyval_sanitise_tl { = } { 8 }
+ \tl_replace_all:Nnn \l_keyval_sanitise_tl { , } { 9 }
+ \tl_clear:N \l_keyval_parse_tl
+ \exp_after:wN \keyval_parse_elt:w \exp_after:wN
+ \q_no_value \l_keyval_sanitise_tl 9 \q_nil 9
+ \exp_after:wN \group_end:
+ \l_keyval_parse_tl
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_parse_elt:w #1 ,
+ {
+ \tl_if_blank:oTF { \use_none:n #1 }
+ { \keyval_parse_elt:w \q_no_value }
+ {
+ \quark_if_nil:oF { \use_ii:nn #1 }
+ {
+ \keyval_split_key_value:w #1 = = \q_stop
+ \keyval_parse_elt:w \q_no_value
+ }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_split_key_value:w #1 = #2 \q_stop
+ {
+ \keyval_split_key:w #1 \q_stop
+ \str_if_eq:nnTF {#2} { = }
+ {
+ \tl_put_right:Nx \l_keyval_parse_tl
+ {
+ \exp_not:c
+ { keyval_key_no_value_elt_ \int_use:N \g_keyval_level_int :n }
+ { \exp_not:o \l_keyval_key_tl }
+ }
+ }
+ {
+ \keyval_split_key_value_aux:wTF #2 \q_no_value \q_stop
+ { \keyval_split_value:w \q_nil #2 }
+ { \msg_kernel_error:nn { keyval } { misplaced-equals-sign } }
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new:Npn \keyval_split_key_value_aux:wTF #1 = #2#3 \q_stop
+ { \tl_if_head_eq_meaning:nNTF {#3} \q_no_value }
+\group_begin:
+ \char_set_catcode_math_toggle:n { `\Q }
+ \cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_split_key:w #1 \q_stop
+ {
+ \exp_args:NNf \tl_set:Nn \l_keyval_key_tl
+ {
+ \exp_after:wN \keyval_remove_spaces:w \exp_after:wN
+ \exp_not:N \use_none:n #1 Q ~ Q
+ }
+ \tl_set:Nx \l_keyval_key_tl
+ { \exp_after:wN \keyval_split_key_aux:w \l_keyval_key_tl \q_stop }
+ }
+ \cs_gset:Npn \keyval_split_key_aux:w #1 \q_stop { \exp_not:n {#1} }
+ \cs_gset:Npn \keyval_remove_spaces:w #1 ~ Q
+ { \keyval_remove_spaces_aux:w #1 Q }
+ \cs_gset:Npn \keyval_remove_spaces_aux:w #1 Q #2 {#1}
+\group_end:
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_split_value:w #1 = =
+ {
+ \tl_put_right:Nx \l_keyval_parse_tl
+ {
+ \exp_not:c
+ { keyval_key_value_elt_ \int_use:N \g_keyval_level_int :nn }
+ { \exp_not:o \l_keyval_key_tl }
+ }
+ \tl_set:Nx \l_keyval_value_tl
+ { \exp_not:o { \use_none:nnn #1 \q_nil \q_nil } }
+ \tl_if_empty:NTF \l_keyval_value_tl
+ { \tl_put_right:Nn \l_keyval_parse_tl { { } } }
+ {
+ \quark_if_nil:NTF \l_keyval_value_tl
+ {
+ \tl_put_right:Nx \l_keyval_parse_tl
+ { { \exp_not:o { \use_ii:nnn #1 \q_nil } } }
+ }
+ { \keyval_split_value_aux:w #1 \q_stop }
+ }
+ }
+\group_begin:
+ \char_set_catcode_math_toggle:n { `\Q }
+ \cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_split_value_aux:w \q_nil #1 \q_stop
+ {
+ \exp_args:NNf \tl_set:Nn \l_keyval_value_tl
+ { \keyval_remove_spaces:w \exp_not:N #1 Q ~ Q }
+ \tl_put_right:Nx \l_keyval_parse_tl
+ { { \exp_not:o \l_keyval_value_tl } }
+ }
+\group_end:
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_parse:NNn #1#2#3
+ {
+ \int_gincr:N \g_keyval_level_int
+ \cs_gset_eq:cN
+ { keyval_key_no_value_elt_ \int_use:N \g_keyval_level_int :n } #1
+ \cs_gset_eq:cN
+ { keyval_key_value_elt_ \int_use:N \g_keyval_level_int :nn } #2
+ \keyval_parse:n {#3}
+ \int_gdecr:N \g_keyval_level_int
+ }
+\msg_kernel_new:nnnn { keyval } { misplaced-equals-sign }
+ { Misplaced~equals~sign~in~key-value~input~\msg_line_number: }
+ {
+ LaTeX~is~attempting~to~parse~some~key-value~input~but~found~
+ two~equals~signs~not~separated~by~a~comma.
+ }
\tl_const:Nn \c_keys_code_root_tl { key~code~>~ }
\tl_const:Nn \c_keys_vars_root_tl { key~var~>~ }
\tl_const:Nn \c_keys_props_root_tl { key~prop~>~ }
@@ -63,6 +186,7 @@
\bool_new:N \l_keys_no_value_bool
\tl_new:N \l_keys_path_tl
\tl_new:N \l_keys_property_tl
+\tl_new:N \l_keys_unknown_clist
\tl_new:N \l_keys_value_tl
\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_define:nn
{ \keys_define_aux:onn \l_keys_module_tl }
@@ -141,6 +265,21 @@
}
\keys_default_set:n { true }
}
+\cs_new_nopar:Npn \keys_bool_set_inverse:NN #1#2
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:NF #1 { \bool_new:N #1 }
+ \keys_choice_make:
+ \keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl / true }
+ { \exp_not:c { bool_ #2 set_false:N } \exp_not:N #1 }
+ \keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl / false }
+ { \exp_not:c { bool_ #2 set_true:N } \exp_not:N #1 }
+ \keys_cmd_set:nn { \l_keys_path_tl / unknown }
+ {
+ \msg_kernel_error:nnx { keys } { boolean-values-only }
+ { \l_keys_key_tl }
+ }
+ \keys_default_set:n { true }
+ }
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \keys_choice_make:
{
\keys_cmd_set:nn { \l_keys_path_tl }
@@ -151,6 +290,22 @@
{ \l_keys_path_tl } {##1}
}
}
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_choices_make:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \keys_choice_make:
+ \int_zero:N \l_keys_choice_int
+ \clist_map_inline:nn {#1}
+ {
+ \keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl / ##1 }
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \exp_not:N \l_keys_choice_tl {##1}
+ \int_set:Nn \exp_not:N \l_keys_choice_int
+ { \int_use:N \l_keys_choice_int }
+ \exp_not:n {#2}
+ }
+ \int_incr:N \l_keys_choice_int
+ }
+ }
\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_choices_generate:n #1
{
\cs_if_exist:cTF
@@ -169,8 +324,8 @@
{
\keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl / #1 }
{
- \exp_not:n { \tl_set:Nn \l_keys_choice_tl } {#1}
- \exp_not:n { \int_set:Nn \l_keys_choice_int }
+ \tl_set:Nn \exp_not:N \l_keys_choice_tl {#1}
+ \int_set:Nn \exp_not:N \l_keys_choice_int
{ \int_use:N \l_keys_choice_int }
\exp_not:v
{ \c_keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code }
@@ -210,13 +365,41 @@
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \keys_meta_make:n #1
{
\exp_args:NNo \keys_cmd_set:nn \l_keys_path_tl
- { \exp_after:wN \keys_set:nn \exp_after:wN { \l_keys_module_tl } {#1} }
+ { \exp_after:wN \keys_set:nn \exp_after:wN { \l_keys_module_tl } {#1} }
}
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \keys_meta_make:x #1
{
\keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl }
{ \exp_not:N \keys_set:nn { \l_keys_module_tl } {#1} }
}
+\cs_new_nopar:Npn \keys_multichoice_find:n #1
+ { \clist_map_function:nN {#1} \keys_choice_find:n }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \keys_multichoice_make:
+ {
+ \keys_cmd_set:nn { \l_keys_path_tl }
+ { \keys_multichoice_find:n {##1} }
+ \keys_cmd_set:nn { \l_keys_path_tl / unknown }
+ {
+ \msg_kernel_error:nnxx { keys } { choice-unknown }
+ { \l_keys_path_tl } {##1}
+ }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_multichoices_make:nn #1#2
+ {
+ \keys_multichoice_make:
+ \int_zero:N \l_keys_choice_int
+ \clist_map_inline:nn {#1}
+ {
+ \keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl / ##1 }
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \exp_not:N \l_keys_choice_tl {##1}
+ \int_set:Nn \exp_not:N \l_keys_choice_int
+ { \int_use:N \l_keys_choice_int }
+ \exp_not:n {#2}
+ }
+ \int_incr:N \l_keys_choice_int
+ }
+ }
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \keys_value_requirement:n #1
{
\tl_set_eq:cc
@@ -237,8 +420,14 @@
{ \keys_bool_set:NN #1 { } }
\cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn { \c_keys_props_root_tl .bool_gset:N } #1
{ \keys_bool_set:NN #1 g }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn { \c_keys_props_root_tl .bool_set_inverse:N } #1
+ { \keys_bool_set_inverse:NN #1 { } }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn { \c_keys_props_root_tl .bool_gset_inverse:N } #1
+ { \keys_bool_set_inverse:NN #1 g }
\cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn { \c_keys_props_root_tl .choice: }
{ \keys_choice_make: }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_keys_props_root_tl .choices:nn } #1
+ { \keys_choices_make:nn #1 }
\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_keys_props_root_tl .code:n } #1
{ \keys_cmd_set:nn { \l_keys_path_tl } {#1} }
\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_keys_props_root_tl .code:x } #1
@@ -281,6 +470,10 @@
{ \keys_meta_make:n {#1} }
\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_keys_props_root_tl .meta:x } #1
{ \keys_meta_make:x {#1} }
+\cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn { \c_keys_props_root_tl .multichoice: }
+ { \keys_multichoice_make: }
+\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_keys_props_root_tl .multichoices:nn } #1
+ { \keys_multichoices_make:nn #1 }
\cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn { \c_keys_props_root_tl .skip_set:N } #1
{ \keys_variable_set:NnN #1 { skip } n }
\cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn { \c_keys_props_root_tl .skip_set:c } #1
@@ -319,6 +512,20 @@
}
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \keys_set:nn { nV , nv , no }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \keys_set_aux:nnn { o }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_set_known:nnN
+ { \keys_set_known_aux:onnN { \l_keys_module_tl } }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_set_known_aux:nnnN #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_keys_module_tl {#2}
+ \clist_clear:N \l_keys_unknown_clist
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \keys_execute_unknown: \keys_execute_unknown_alt:
+ \keyval_parse:NNn \keys_set_elt:n \keys_set_elt:nn {#3}
+ \cs_set_eq:NN \keys_execute_unknown: \keys_execute_unknown_std:
+ \tl_set:Nn \l_keys_module_tl {#1}
+ \clist_set_eq:NN #4 \l_keys_unknown_clist
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \keys_set_known:nnN { nV , nv , no }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \keys_set_known_aux:nnnN { o }
\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \keys_set_elt:n #1
{
\bool_set_true:N \l_keys_no_value_bool
@@ -363,8 +570,11 @@
{
\quark_if_no_value:cF { \c_keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .default }
{
- \tl_set_eq:Nc \l_keys_value_tl
- { \c_keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .default }
+ \cs_if_exist:cT { \c_keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .default }
+ {
+ \tl_set_eq:Nc \l_keys_value_tl
+ { \c_keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .default }
+ }
}
}
}
@@ -385,6 +595,16 @@
{ \l_keys_path_tl } { \l_keys_module_tl }
}
}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \keys_execute_unknown_std: \keys_execute_unknown:
+\cs_new_nopar:Npn \keys_execute_unknown_alt:
+ {
+ \clist_put_right:Nx \l_keys_unknown_clist
+ {
+ \exp_not:o \l_keys_key_tl
+ \bool_if:NF \l_keys_no_value_bool
+ { = { \exp_not:o \l_keys_value_tl } }
+ }
+ }
\cs_new_nopar:Npn \keys_execute:nn #1#2
{
\cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_keys_code_root_tl #1 }
@@ -402,8 +622,14 @@
\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \keys_if_exist:nn #1#2 { p , T , F , TF }
{
\cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_keys_code_root_tl #1 / #2 }
- { \prg_return_true:}
- { \prg_return_false:}
+ { \prg_return_true: }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+\prg_new_conditional:Npnn \keys_if_choice_exist:nnn #1#2#3 { p , T , F , TF }
+ {
+ \cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_keys_code_root_tl #1 / #2 / #3 }
+ { \prg_return_true: }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
}
\cs_new_nopar:Npn \keys_show:nn #1#2
{ \cs_show:c { \c_keys_code_root_tl #1 / \tl_to_str:n {#2} } }
@@ -470,6 +696,9 @@
The~key~'#1'~must~have~a~value.\\
No~value~was~present:~the~key~will~be~ignored.
}
+\cs_new_eq:NN \KV_process_space_removal_sanitize:NNn \keyval_parse:NNn
+\cs_new_eq:NN \KV_process_space_removal_no_sanitize:NNn \keyval_parse:NNn
+\cs_new_eq:NN \KV_process_no_space_removal_no_sanitize:NNn \keyval_parse:NNn
%%
%%
%% End of file `l3keys.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3keyval.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3keyval.sty
deleted file mode 100644
index a2b5411e916..00000000000
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3keyval.sty
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,177 +0,0 @@
-%%
-%% This is file `l3keyval.sty',
-%% generated with the docstrip utility.
-%%
-%% The original source files were:
-%%
-%% l3keyval.dtx (with options: `package')
-%%
-%% EXPERIMENTAL CODE
-%%
-%% Do not distribute this file without also distributing the
-%% source files specified above.
-%%
-%% Do not distribute a modified version of this file.
-%%
-%% File: l3keyval.dtx Copyright (C) 2006-2011 The LaTeX3 Project
-%%
-%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the
-%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this
-%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version
-%% of this license is in the file
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
-%%
-%% This file is part of the "expl3 bundle" (The Work in LPPL)
-%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together.
-%%
-%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN.
-%%
-%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-%%
-%% The development version of the bundle can be found at
-%%
-%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/
-%%
-%% for those people who are interested.
-%%
-%%%%%%%%%%%
-%% NOTE: %%
-%%%%%%%%%%%
-%%
-%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may
-%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask
-%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without
-%% prior consultation with the LaTeX3 Project.
-%%
-%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
-\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3keyval.dtx 2601 2011-08-16 23:20:27Z bruno $
- {L3 Experimental key-value parsing}
- %\section{Parsing key--value lists}
- %\begin{function}{\keyval_parse:NNn}
-\ProvidesExplPackage
- {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
-\package_check_loaded_expl:
-\int_new:N \g_keyval_level_int
-\tl_new:N \l_keyval_key_tl
-\tl_new:N \l_keyval_value_tl
-\tl_new:N \l_keyval_sanitise_tl
-\tl_new:N \l_keyval_parse_tl
-\group_begin:
- \char_set_catcode_active:n { `\= }
- \char_set_catcode_active:n { `\, }
- \char_set_lccode:nn { `\8 } { `\= }
- \char_set_lccode:nn { `\9 } { `\, }
-\tl_to_lowercase:n
- {
- \group_end:
- \cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_parse:n #1
- {
- \group_begin:
- \tl_clear:N \l_keyval_sanitise_tl
- \tl_set:Nn \l_keyval_sanitise_tl {#1}
- \tl_replace_all:Nnn \l_keyval_sanitise_tl { = } { 8 }
- \tl_replace_all:Nnn \l_keyval_sanitise_tl { , } { 9 }
- \tl_clear:N \l_keyval_parse_tl
- \exp_after:wN \keyval_parse_elt:w \exp_after:wN
- \q_no_value \l_keyval_sanitise_tl 9 \q_nil 9
- \exp_after:wN \group_end:
- \l_keyval_parse_tl
- }
- }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_parse_elt:w #1 ,
- {
- \tl_if_blank:oTF { \use_none:n #1 }
- { \keyval_parse_elt:w \q_no_value }
- {
- \quark_if_nil:oF { \use_ii:nn #1 }
- {
- \keyval_split_key_value:w #1 = = \q_stop
- \keyval_parse_elt:w \q_no_value
- }
- }
- }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_split_key_value:w #1 = #2 \q_stop
- {
- \keyval_split_key:w #1 \q_stop
- \str_if_eq:nnTF {#2} { = }
- {
- \tl_put_right:Nx \l_keyval_parse_tl
- {
- \exp_not:c { keyval_key_no_value_elt_ \int_use:N \g_keyval_level_int :n }
- { \exp_not:o \l_keyval_key_tl }
- }
- }
- {
- \keyval_split_key_value_aux:wTF #2 \q_no_value \q_stop
- { \keyval_split_value:w \q_nil #2 }
- { \msg_kernel_error:nn { keyval } { misplaced-equals-sign } }
- }
- }
-\cs_new:Npn \keyval_split_key_value_aux:wTF #1 = #2#3 \q_stop
- { \tl_if_head_eq_meaning:nNTF {#3} \q_no_value }
-\group_begin:
- \char_set_catcode_math_toggle:n { `\Q }
- \cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_split_key:w #1 \q_stop
- {
- \exp_args:NNf \tl_set:Nn \l_keyval_key_tl
- {
- \exp_after:wN \keyval_remove_spaces:w \exp_after:wN
- \exp_not:N \use_none:n #1 Q ~ Q
- }
- \tl_set:Nx \l_keyval_key_tl
- { \exp_after:wN \keyval_split_key_aux:w \l_keyval_key_tl \q_stop }
- }
- \cs_gset:Npn \keyval_split_key_aux:w #1 \q_stop { \exp_not:n {#1} }
- \cs_gset:Npn \keyval_remove_spaces:w #1 ~ Q { \keyval_remove_spaces_aux:w #1 Q }
- \cs_gset:Npn \keyval_remove_spaces_aux:w #1 Q #2 {#1}
-\group_end:
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_split_value:w #1 = =
- {
- \tl_put_right:Nx \l_keyval_parse_tl
- {
- \exp_not:c { keyval_key_value_elt_ \int_use:N \g_keyval_level_int :nn }
- { \exp_not:o \l_keyval_key_tl }
- }
- \tl_set:Nx \l_keyval_value_tl { \exp_not:o { \use_none:nnn #1 \q_nil \q_nil } }
- \tl_if_empty:NTF \l_keyval_value_tl
- { \tl_put_right:Nn \l_keyval_parse_tl { { } } }
- {
- \quark_if_nil:NTF \l_keyval_value_tl
- {
- \tl_put_right:Nx \l_keyval_parse_tl
- { { \exp_not:o { \use_ii:nnn #1 \q_nil } } }
- }
- { \keyval_split_value_aux:w #1 \q_stop }
- }
- }
-\group_begin:
- \char_set_catcode_math_toggle:n { `\Q }
- \cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_split_value_aux:w \q_nil #1 \q_stop
- {
- \exp_args:NNf \tl_set:Nn \l_keyval_value_tl
- { \keyval_remove_spaces:w \exp_not:N #1 Q ~ Q }
- \tl_put_right:Nx \l_keyval_parse_tl { { \exp_not:o \l_keyval_value_tl } }
- }
-\group_end:
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \keyval_parse:NNn #1#2#3
- {
- \int_gincr:N \g_keyval_level_int
- \cs_gset_eq:cN { keyval_key_no_value_elt_ \int_use:N \g_keyval_level_int :n } #1
- \cs_gset_eq:cN { keyval_key_value_elt_ \int_use:N \g_keyval_level_int :nn } #2
- \keyval_parse:n {#3}
- \int_gdecr:N \g_keyval_level_int
- }
-\msg_kernel_new:nnnn { keyval } { misplaced-equals-sign }
- { Misplaced~equals~sign~in~key-value~input~\msg_line_number: }
- {
- LaTeX~is~attempting~to~parse~some~key-value~input~but~found~
- two~equals~signs~not~separated~by~a~comma.
- }
-\cs_new_eq:NN \KV_process_space_removal_sanitize:NNn \keyval_parse:NNn
-\cs_new_eq:NN \KV_process_space_removal_no_sanitize:NNn \keyval_parse:NNn
-\cs_new_eq:NN \KV_process_no_space_removal_no_sanitize:NNn \keyval_parse:NNn
-%%
-%%
-%% End of file `l3keyval.sty'.
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3luatex.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3luatex.sty
index 38e13e2b87b..c9db7919b6b 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3luatex.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3luatex.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3luatex.dtx 2545 2011-08-11 13:47:19Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3luatex.dtx 2617 2011-08-18 08:13:44Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental LuaTeX-specific functions}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.sty
index a77391e1ec1..2aeb1f516e6 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3prg.dtx 2601 2011-08-16 23:20:27Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3prg.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental control structures}
%%
\ProvidesExplPackage
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.sty
index 5d2a1ff69d0..222170544df 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prop.sty
@@ -46,8 +46,9 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3prop.dtx 2478 2011-06-19 21:34:23Z joseph $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3prop.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental property lists}
+%%
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
\package_check_loaded_expl:
@@ -208,6 +209,20 @@
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_if_in:NnF { c , cV , co }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_if_in:NnTF { NV , No }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_if_in:NnTF { c , cV , co }
+\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \prop_get:NnN #1#2#3 { T , F , TF }
+ {
+ \prop_split:NnTF #1 {#2}
+ { \prop_get_aux_true:Nnnn #3 }
+ { \prg_return_false: }
+ }
+\cs_new_protected:Npn \prop_get_aux_true:Nnnn #1#2#3#4
+ {
+ \tl_set:Nn #1 {#3}
+ \prg_return_true:
+ }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_get:NnNT { c }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_get:NnNF { c }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_get:NnNTF { c }
\cs_new_nopar:Npn \prop_map_function:NN #1#2
{
\exp_last_unbraced:NNo \prop_map_function_aux:Nwn #2
@@ -265,24 +280,13 @@
}
\cs_new:Npn \prop_show_aux:w #1 > ~ { }
\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_show:N { c }
-\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \prop_get:NnN #1#2#3 { T , F , TF }
- {
- \prop_split:NnTF #1 {#2}
- { \prop_get_aux_true:Nnnn #3 }
- { \prg_return_false: }
- }
-\cs_new_protected:Npn \prop_get_aux_true:Nnnn #1#2#3#4
- {
- \tl_set:Nn #1 {#3}
- \prg_return_true:
- }
-\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \prop_pop:NnN #1#2#3 {T,F,TF}
+\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \prop_pop:NnN #1#2#3 { T , F , TF }
{
\prop_split:NnTF #1 {#2}
{ \prop_pop_aux_true:NNNnnn \tl_set:Nn #1 #3 }
{ \prg_return_false: }
}
-\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \prop_gpop:NnN #1#2#3 {T,F,TF}
+\prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \prop_gpop:NnN #1#2#3 { T , F , TF }
{
\prop_split:NnTF #1 {#2}
{ \prop_pop_aux_true:NNNnnn \tl_gset:Nn #1 #3 }
@@ -294,6 +298,12 @@
#1 #2 { #4 #6 }
\prg_return_true:
}
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_pop:NnNT { c }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_pop:NnNF { c }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_pop:NnNTF { c }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_gpop:NnNT { c }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_gpop:NnNF { c }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_gpop:NnNTF { c }
\cs_new:Npn \prop_map_tokens:Nn #1#2
{
\exp_last_unbraced:Nno \prop_map_tokens_aux:nwn {#2} #1
@@ -307,10 +317,12 @@
\use:n {#1} {#2} {#3}
\prop_map_tokens_aux:nwn {#1}
}
-\cs_new:Npn \prop_get:Nn #1 #2
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_map_tokens:Nn { c }
+\cs_new:Npn \prop_get:Nn #1#2
{ \prop_map_tokens:Nn #1 { \prop_get_aux:nnn {#2} } }
-\cs_new:Npn \prop_get_aux:nnn #1 #2 #3
+\cs_new:Npn \prop_get_aux:nnn #1#2#3
{ \str_if_eq:nnT {#1} {#2} { \prop_map_break:n {#3} } }
+\cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_get:Nn { c }
\cs_new_eq:NN \prop_display:N \prop_show:N
\cs_new_eq:NN \prop_display:c \prop_show:c
\cs_new_protected:Npn \prop_gget:NnN #1#2#3
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.sty
index 236b34b5a0a..d95b117b5f8 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3quark.dtx 2549 2011-08-11 21:06:39Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3quark.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental quarks}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.sty
index 0f3aee34e2c..9db270f6006 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3seq.dtx 2586 2011-08-15 03:59:12Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3seq.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental sequences and stacks}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.sty
index 787981891fd..2e85a330dae 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3skip.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3skip.dtx 2526 2011-08-09 08:58:42Z joseph $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3skip.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental dimensions and skips}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.sty
index 463d9f6f6b7..f304c84c084 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3tl.dtx 2566 2011-08-13 22:04:42Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3tl.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental token lists}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3token.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3token.sty
index 018240d7bfa..4ffd05760ff 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3token.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3token.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3token.dtx 2579 2011-08-14 16:22:30Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3token.dtx 2665 2011-08-25 22:15:27Z joseph $
{L3 Experimental token manipulation}
%% \begin{function}[EXP,pTF]{\token_if_protected_long_macro:N}
\ProvidesExplPackage
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3toks.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3toks.sty
index 484cdd401e8..5867a1f8e38 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3toks.sty
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3toks.sty
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
%%
%% -----------------------------------------------------------------------
\RequirePackage{l3names}
-\GetIdInfo$Id: l3toks.dtx 2601 2011-08-16 23:20:27Z bruno $
+\GetIdInfo$Id: l3toks.dtx 2670 2011-08-27 09:58:02Z will $
{L3 Experimental token registers}
\ProvidesExplPackage
{\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription}